US20050043907A1 - Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control - Google Patents
Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20050043907A1 US20050043907A1 US10/951,244 US95124404A US2005043907A1 US 20050043907 A1 US20050043907 A1 US 20050043907A1 US 95124404 A US95124404 A US 95124404A US 2005043907 A1 US2005043907 A1 US 2005043907A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- sensor
- temperature
- software application
- network
- switch
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01K—MEASURING TEMPERATURE; MEASURING QUANTITY OF HEAT; THERMALLY-SENSITIVE ELEMENTS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- G01K1/00—Details of thermometers not specially adapted for particular types of thermometer
- G01K1/02—Means for indicating or recording specially adapted for thermometers
- G01K1/04—Scales
- G01K1/045—Scales temperature indication combined with the indication of another variable
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01K—MEASURING TEMPERATURE; MEASURING QUANTITY OF HEAT; THERMALLY-SENSITIVE ELEMENTS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- G01K1/00—Details of thermometers not specially adapted for particular types of thermometer
- G01K1/08—Protective devices, e.g. casings
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B41/00—Circuit arrangements or apparatus for igniting or operating discharge lamps
- H05B41/14—Circuit arrangements
- H05B41/36—Controlling
- H05B41/38—Controlling the intensity of light
- H05B41/39—Controlling the intensity of light continuously
- H05B41/392—Controlling the intensity of light continuously using semiconductor devices, e.g. thyristor
- H05B41/3921—Controlling the intensity of light continuously using semiconductor devices, e.g. thyristor with possibility of light intensity variations
- H05B41/3922—Controlling the intensity of light continuously using semiconductor devices, e.g. thyristor with possibility of light intensity variations and measurement of the incident light
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B47/00—Circuit arrangements for operating light sources in general, i.e. where the type of light source is not relevant
- H05B47/10—Controlling the light source
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B47/00—Circuit arrangements for operating light sources in general, i.e. where the type of light source is not relevant
- H05B47/10—Controlling the light source
- H05B47/105—Controlling the light source in response to determined parameters
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B47/00—Circuit arrangements for operating light sources in general, i.e. where the type of light source is not relevant
- H05B47/10—Controlling the light source
- H05B47/105—Controlling the light source in response to determined parameters
- H05B47/11—Controlling the light source in response to determined parameters by determining the brightness or colour temperature of ambient light
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B47/00—Circuit arrangements for operating light sources in general, i.e. where the type of light source is not relevant
- H05B47/10—Controlling the light source
- H05B47/175—Controlling the light source by remote control
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B47/00—Circuit arrangements for operating light sources in general, i.e. where the type of light source is not relevant
- H05B47/10—Controlling the light source
- H05B47/175—Controlling the light source by remote control
- H05B47/18—Controlling the light source by remote control via data-bus transmission
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B47/00—Circuit arrangements for operating light sources in general, i.e. where the type of light source is not relevant
- H05B47/10—Controlling the light source
- H05B47/105—Controlling the light source in response to determined parameters
- H05B47/115—Controlling the light source in response to determined parameters by determining the presence or movement of objects or living beings
- H05B47/13—Controlling the light source in response to determined parameters by determining the presence or movement of objects or living beings by using passive infrared detectors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B47/00—Circuit arrangements for operating light sources in general, i.e. where the type of light source is not relevant
- H05B47/10—Controlling the light source
- H05B47/17—Operational modes, e.g. switching from manual to automatic mode or prohibiting specific operations
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02B—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO BUILDINGS, e.g. HOUSING, HOUSE APPLIANCES OR RELATED END-USER APPLICATIONS
- Y02B20/00—Energy efficient lighting technologies, e.g. halogen lamps or gas discharge lamps
- Y02B20/40—Control techniques providing energy savings, e.g. smart controller or presence detection
Definitions
- the present invention relates generally to the field of electrical sensors and more particularly to a network based multi-function sensor and control device suitable for sensing motion, temperature, humidity and ambient light, setting and controlling temperature and control relay and ballast loads and which includes blinder devices for reducing nuisance tripping of the device.
- An example of a typical automation system includes lighting controls, HVAC systems, security systems, fire alarm systems and motor drives all possibly provided by different manufacturers. It is desirable if these separate disparate systems can communicate and operate with each other.
- Prior art automation systems generally comprised closed proprietary equipment supplied by a single manufacturer. With this type of proprietary system, the installation, servicing and future modifications of the component devices in the system were restricted to a single manufacturer's product offering and technical capability. In addition, it was very difficult or impossible to integrate new technology developed by other manufacturers. If technology from other manufactures could be integrated, it was usually too costly to consider.
- An integral part of any automation control system are the sensors and transducers used to gather data on one or more physical parameters such as temperature and motion. It would be desirable if a plurality of sensor functions could be placed in a single device, fit in a standard single wall box opening and be able to communicate with one or more control units, i.e., processing nodes, on the control network.
- the number and types of sensors in this device could be many including multiple, dual or singular occupancy and security sensing via means including passive infrared, ultrasonic, RF, audio or sound or active infrared.
- other multiple or singular transducers may be employed such as temperature sensor, relative humidity sensor, ambient light sensor, CO sensor, smoke sensor, security sensor, air flow sensors, switches, etc.
- transducers or sensors communicate with a microprocessor or microcontroller that can be used to enhance the application of the transducer. This may be accomplished by providing the necessary A/D functions, including sensitivity and range adjustments of the transducer functions, and also by enabling the sensed information to be communicated over a bus or other media using a suitable protocol.
- calibration either in the field or the factory could be employed to generate either a relative or real absolute temperature reading.
- control of any HVAC equipment could be performed either locally at the sensor node or at a remote location.
- the sensor devices could be used to control the lights in and outside the room and building, control the HVAC controls in and outside the room and building, send signals to or control the fire alarm and security alarm systems, etc.
- the device it is also desirable to enable the device to communicate using any of the standard protocols already in use such as Echelon LonWorks, CEBus, X10, BACNet, CAN, etc.
- Some examples of the media include twisted pair, power line carrier, optical fiber, RF, coaxial, etc.
- the device thus preferably can transmit data or commands, receive data or commands, activate and switch local or remote loads or control devices, use and/or generate real time or relative readings, be calibrated externally in an automatic self adjusting way, calibrated externally or via an electronic communications link.
- the ability to communicate over a network allows the user or network manager the flexibility to set light levels, temperature and humidity levels in the building to desired levels either for maximizing the energy savings or for the occupants comfort or convenience or for some combination of the two.
- the device preferably is able to minimize or eliminate effects from its internal circuitry that may interfere with the temperature reading of the temperature sensor.
- the device preferably has the ability to detect if there are adverse air flows emanating from the mounting hole in the wall or other surface which could cause erroneous temperature and humidity measurements.
- the motion detector transducer and sensor circuit is preferably mounted in a manner such that it is not exposed to (1) the air flow from the environment being monitored and (2) the air flow which may be created when the device is mounted in or on a hole in the wall. Further, the hole in the wall is often created when the device is mounted on a wall in a home or office building. The hole may function to create a chimney effect given the right conditions. It is thus desirable to mount the temperature sensor in a way which offers some shielding or insulation from direct exposure to heating or air ducts as well as any other undesirable heating or cooling sources such as direct sunlight, fans, HVAC ducts, etc.
- the present invention is a multifunction sensor and thermostat device that provides various transducer functions and the ability to control temperature.
- the device comprises a means for performing temperature sensing and control, humidity sensing, ambient light sensing, motion detection, switching, relay control, dimming functions and a means to put the device in an on, off or auto mode.
- the device can optionally employ a cool/off/heat and fan on/auto switch that places the heating and cooling equipment in the appropriate state. Alternatively, it can perform these functions over the network via software control.
- the device can also interface with master or slave thermostats and can turn on and off all types of fans (including ceiling and tabletop fans), heating units and cooling units.
- the device can also be linked to the on/off ‘kill’ switch commonly used for boilers and hot water heaters. This ensures that the heating unit stays off in the summer months.
- Such a device has utility in environments such as that found in offices, schools, homes, industrial plants or any other type of automated facility in which sensors are utilized for energy monitoring and control, end user convenience or HVAC
- Key elements of the present invention include (1) overcoming the difficulty of mounting diverse sensors or transducers within the same device or housing, (2) permitting these various sensors to exist in a single package that can be mounted to a wall in a substantially flush manner, (3) an embodiment that eliminates the requirement of an air flow channel in the device, thus minimizing any adverse effects on the motion detecting element or sensor as well as providing built in partial hysteresis and practical latency, and (4) an embodiment that utilizes an air flow channel in the device for drawing air over a temperature sensor and/or humidity sensor.
- a prime objective of the present invention is to provide a flush or surface mounted temperature, humidity and motion detection sensor in a single device.
- the device may include additional transducers or sensors and, in one alternative embodiment, is constructed such that the temperature and humidity sensors are neither exposed to the flow of air in a room or area nor in an airflow channel whereby a chimney effect may occur.
- the temperature and humidity sensing elements are placed in a cavity that is coupled to the environment. Thus, the temperature and humidity of the air in the cavity changes via diffusion with the temperature and humidity in the surrounding environment.
- the temperature and humidity sensing elements e.g., passive or active infrared sensor, is mounted so as to be shielded from exposure to direct sunlight and so as not to be exposed to a flow of air from the environment being monitored.
- vents provided for the temperature and humidity sensing element function as a baffle to provide hysteresis.
- the hysteresis provides additional utility for the device in that the temperature and humidity sensing elements are mounted within, beneath, part of, or on the housing in such a way that the chimney effects due to airflow in the wall or from heating or cooling ducts nearby are reduced or eliminated in a fashion that is similar to a ‘smoothing’ or softening affect and can be adjusted mechanically and/or electronically through hardware or software such that the hysteresis can be ‘settable’ to any achievable value and could even approach zero hysteresis if desired.
- the temperature and humidity sensor modules can be incorporated in a flush mount device, wall or surface mount device or ceiling device. Further, since an air channel is not required or used the device can be mounted flush in a single or multiple gang electrical box.
- Another objective of the present invention is to provide a means of temperature sensing utilizing multiple technologies including RTD, PRTD, thermisters, digital temperature sensors, PWM sensors, silicon sensors, capacitive and polymer sensors, etc.
- One or more sensors can be used in the circuits that are coupled to a microprocessor or microcontroller.
- the sensor is positioned in a modular temperature chamber that permits the temperature sensor to acclimate to the ambient air temperature in the surrounding environment. Access to the temperature sensor is simply achieved by removal of a cover or panel without the need for special tools.
- Another objective of the present invention is to provide a means of humidity sensing utilizing one or more technologies including the Dunmore Sensor, polymer capacitive type, carbon type, digital humidity sensors, automatic chilled mirror type sensors, silicon sensors, oxide and IR hygrometer sensors, etc.
- One or more sensors can be used in the circuits that are coupled to a microprocessor or microcontroller.
- the sensor is positioned in a modular temperature chamber that permits the humidity sensor to acclimate to the ambient air conditions in the surrounding environment. Access to the humidity sensor is simply achieved by removal of a cover or panel without the need for special tools.
- the microcontroller is utilized to provide the capability of transmitting and receiving real time data, relative data and actual discrete data in addition to switching and controlling loads locally or remotely.
- Data can be sent and received from other devices that are part of the distributed or centralized control system wherein devices communicate with each other using standard protocols such as Echelon LonWorks, CEBus, X10, BACNet, CAN, etc.
- the media utilized may comprise twisted pair, power line carrier, RF, optical fiber, coaxial, etc.
- the device also has the capability of self-calibration of the sensors under either local or remote control. For example, if the device is exposed to two different known temperatures, then the equation of a line including the slope and relative offset connecting the two points can be generated. This procedure can be performed once and either actual or relative readings can be calibrated within the operating range of the device. In addition, points can be recorded and used to provide additional accuracy or to extend the range of the temperature sensor. Further, a piece-wise linear, logarithmic or other arithmetic equation and look up table can be generated which is used to linearize the accuracy or sensitivity of the temperature sensing element and associated circuitry and to provide for sensing over a larger temperature or humidity range. In addition, local test resistors or potentiometers can be used to adjust the range, sensitivity or accuracy of the sensor. A similar procedure can be used for calibration of the humidity sensor.
- the temperature and humidity sensors do not have airflow channel that permits air to circulate through the sensor module housing. Rather, the device has a passive alcove or cavity that acclimates to the ambient air temperature and humidity through the process of diffusion. In addition, the device incorporates a vent that permits any heat generated by electronics or components to escape without adversely affecting the temperature sensor and passive infrared sensor. In addition, this permits any chimney effects generated by the hole in the wall to be measured by the device.
- the device incorporates a temperature sensor transducer and sensing circuit that is mounted in the sensor device housing in a location that is exposed to the air in the room but not to air circulating internally within the device housing.
- a passive or active infrared sensor or ultrasonic sensor is also mounted within the device housing with or without an insulating layer of material or conformal coating located such that it is not adversely affected by the venting of heat generating components or the chimney effects generated by the mounting hole and the vent.
- the device also comprises airflow vents on the top of the device housing to provide a venting means for any components that generate heat within the device. These vents also provide airflow from the mounting hole or the channel between the studs commonly found behind a wall within a building or wall. This flow of air provides for additional cooling of heat generating components in the device and ensures that the temperature and motion detection sensors are not adversely effected by this airflow.
- a sensor could be used to measure this air flow which could subsequently be used for building maintenance purposes, i.e., to notify the building owner of the location of air leaks within the walls of the building.
- the device can be used to detect and measure the airflow that occurs in a wall and notify building personnel that a wall in which the device is mounted does not have adequate insulation and/or is not properly sealed.
- the vents could also be provided on any other surface of the device including opposite side surfaces or the bottom of the housing to provide additional or alternate venting.
- the device provides airflow channels that connect vents on the outer surface of the device to the chamber housing the temperature and humidity sensing elements. Airflow is directed into the wide vents on the outer surface, over the temperature and humidity sensing elements and up the channels to exits from the vent opening on the upper portion of the device.
- the device also may include provisions for surface wiring and various types of mounting means. Included as well is an optional positive screw mounting.
- the mounting means could be directly on a wall, on a modular furniture channel or on or in a single gang wall box.
- the electrical connections can be made using flying leads, terminal blocks, binding screws, or an RJ-11 or RJ-45 jack.
- a lens is positioned in front of the infrared detector to focus infrared radiation and to prevent the ambient air from entering the device either from the temperature and humidity chamber or the heat vent.
- the lens may or may not include blinders.
- the front PC board containing the passive infrared transducer and the temperature and humidity sensors is installed using a layer of glue, foam or other gasket material to isolate the temperature and humidity sensor transducers and the infiared sensor from the back boards and the air channel created by the heat vent and the hole in the wall.
- two infrared sensing elements can be mounted on the same side of the printed circuit board. Partitioning of the two sensors can be performed arbitrarily as long as the passive infrared sensor is not exposed to erroneous air flows created by a natural or artificial air channel from the vents in the housing, the hole in the wall or the vents for the temperature chamber. Further, the motion sensing transducer is preferably not exposed to airflow or any other environmental conditions that could cause adverse behavior to the performance of the device.
- the temperature and humidity sensors are isolated with the absence of airflow over or around the infrared sensor.
- the housing is constructed such that it provides a chamber permitting the temperature and humidity to adjust naturally to the ambient air temperature and humidity to which it is exposed by the process of diffusion.
- Foam or insulating material may optionally be used since the temperature and humidity elements are not in a channel where air is circulating, but rather is in an alcove chamber that acclimates to the environment.
- the passive or active infrared and temperature and humidity sensors are on opposite sides of the printed circuit board or on different boards such that the air around the temperature and humidity sensors and the passive or active infrared sensor are isolated from one another by the nature of their location.
- the device may incorporate at least one vent on the face of the device to allow the ambient air outside to acclimate with that of the temperature and humidity chamber.
- the temperature and humidity sensors may be located centrally behind the vents or louvers or anywhere within the area.
- the sensitivity, range, response time and accuracy may be adjusted mechanically, via the use of different housing and vent shapes and materials and also by electronic means.
- the vents are also constructed to be a protective cage for the sensors. Grooves in the plastic and other means can be used to hold and/or align the sensors as well.
- the device may incorporate adjustable louvers or vents over the temperature and humidity sensors to create a baffle or regulator to adjust how quickly or slowly the temperature and humidity transducers will adjust to the ambient air.
- the sensitivity, range, response time and accuracy can be adjusted by adapting the layout, position and design of the vents or louvers.
- mechanical or electronic means may be provided that open or close shutters on the vents over the temperature and humidity sensors.
- the device may incorporate fixed vents over the temperature and humidity sensors that create a fixed baffle or regulator thus determining a fixed means for how quickly or slowly the temperature and humidity transducers will adjust to the ambient air.
- the sensitivity, range, response time and accuracy can still be adjusted by using different materials, thickness and shapes and by locating the sensor in different locations and orientations.
- the device does not incorporate any vents and the temperature sensors is attached to the cover.
- the outside ambient air will be measured by measuring the inside surface temperature of the cover or plate. Therefore, the temperature sensing transducer is not directly exposed to any outside air.
- the sensitivity, range, response time and accuracy may be adjusted using different materials, thickness and shapes and by locating the sensors in different locations or orientations.
- the device does not incorporate vents and the temperature sensor is mounted on the surface of the device or in an alcove and exposed directly to the air.
- the outside ambient air is measured by measuring the air temperature of the outside air. Therefore, the temperature sensing transducer is directly exposed to the outside air.
- the sensitivity, range, response time and accuracy may be adjusted using different materials, thickness and shapes and by locating the sensors in different locations or orientations.
- heat sinks can be added or connected to the sensor body and/or the leads and brought out of the device so as to improve the overall temperature response of the transducer and the device.
- the device does not incorporate vents and the temperature sensor comprises a cover on the device or a portion of the cover of the device and exposed directly to the air.
- the temperature-sensing element can also be either predominately outside, part of a cover or inside a cover of the device. This allows for very thin sensing materials to be used that are placed directly on the surface of the device, embedded in the layers of the cover of the device or predominately located on the inside portion of the cover of the device.
- the outside ambient air temperature is measured by measuring the air temperature of the outside air. Therefore, the temperature sensing transducer is directly exposed to the outside air.
- the sensitivity, range, response time and accuracy may be adjusted using different materials, thickness and shapes and by locating the sensors in different locations or orientations.
- the temperature sensing element and housing can take on various forms, some of the types are enclosed.
- a software algorithm can be optionally employed which functions to correct the hysteresis by adjusting the actual temperature reading and hence approximating the theoretical response of a highly calibrated thermocouple. Additionally, the algorithm can employ programmed undershoots, overshoots, delays, amplitude shifts and a variety of other signal manipulations.
- a ‘fast change algorithm’ can be employed which functions to recognize a rapid rate of change of temperature at the sensor, e.g., more than 15 degrees per. 10 seconds or alternatively, that the slope, i.e., rate of change, of the temperature reading relative to time is greater or less than some absolute value.
- the rapid temperature change may either be due to someone placing their finger on the sensor, applying a heat gun, applying a cold compress or may be due to flames from a fire.
- the software routine in response to the detection of a rapid rate of change in temperature, can either send a warning message over the network or ignore the change in temperature, regarding it as an artificial heat/cold source.
- the device can be programmed to respond either way, i.e., sending temperature data over the network and having it acted upon or internally filtering it out and ignoring it.
- hardware and software can be employed to increase the sensitivity and accuracy of certain temperature and humidity ranges. For example, consider the temperature sensor circuitry having a temperature range of 0 to 50 degrees. Also, assume it is broken into segments that are piecewise linear, logarithmic or represented by some other mathematical relationship. For example, one range spans from 0 to 15 degrees C., another from 15 to 30 degrees C. and the last from 30 to 50 degrees C.
- a user would select this range over the network and software means would provide greater resolution in that particular range while sacrificing some resolution in the other ranges.
- This allows for users to choose a certain temperature range to be processed at a higher accuracy and the other ranges to be monitored using less accuracy.
- This can be implemented via software and/or hardware by utilizing two different circuits, each having different accuracy's for the thermistor and different gains for the electronics.
- the cover over the temperature and humidity sensors is removable.
- the cover can be adapted to either require or not require a tool for removal.
- the cover can be fixably attached to the device.
- the temperature and humidity sensing transducers and/or other components of the sensing circuits are in a socket which permits replacement with another transducer or component with different parameters.
- any local components such as potentiometers, switches, etc. requiring adjustment can be accessed, adjusted or changed.
- the software may be adapted to adjust the sensitivity, response time, accuracy, range, etc. of the temperature and humidity sensor elements and associated circuitries.
- at least one air vent is provided which exposes both sides of the back PC board to the potential airflow generated when electrical components generate heat.
- the temperature and humidity chamber may be located in different parts of the device such as centrally or at the top or bottom.
- the device may be mounted using a variety of means. These include various mounting plate variations including mounting in a single or multiple gang box, mounting on or in the hole of a modular furniture channel, raceway, or being hung from underneath a fluorescent or incandescent fixture that is mounted on the desk, wall, floor or modular furniture and mounting on any other suitable surface.
- the device contains ‘mouse holes’ which allow surface wiring to exit the device.
- Another mounting option includes a hinged mounting bracket that permits the device to be mounted and electrically connected relatively easily.
- the mounting means uses either a positive locking screw or a snap fit.
- the positive locking screw option makes the device more tamperproof.
- the snap fit option provides a more aesthetically pleasing package.
- a press to release button to allow for the device to be easily removed from the wall. This allows for the device with its lighting and temperature sensor and controls to be removed from its fixed position on the wall and moved freely about the room. It can be placed in a more desirable location or can be used as a remote control as well as a regular wall mounted or table top switch or dimmer, sensor or thermostat as well as to adjust and control all natural and artificial lighting, temperature and humidity devices.
- the multi-sensor device of the present invention forms part of the network control system and generally comprises the following basic elements: (1) user interface and controls, (2) power supply and media connections, (3) communications media and protocol (4) load switching or dimming elements and (5) one or more sensor inputs.
- functions can be performed which include some type of annunciation either by sound by using a buzzer or by sight by employing LEDs or controlling the lights in the room.
- a buzzer could perform local annunciation.
- it could illuminate a visual indication or act as a ‘notification appliance,’ e.g., specially designed lights, LEDs, etc. for people that are hearing impaired.
- a signal can be sent to a control unit or lamp actuator to flash one or more lights in the event that fire is detected for the benefit of the hearing impaired.
- the power supply component for some of the devices in the system may include means to operate from 100 to 347 VAC. This type of device supplies a nominal output voltage between 8 and 26 VDC and 8 to 24 VAC. Alternatively, the device may omit a power supply that converts utility power but rather is adapted to receive power from another device that does incorporate a power supply that operates from 100 to 347 VAC.
- the means for distributing the electrical power to other devices could be accomplished via any suitable means including twisted pair cabling, electrical power line cables or any other power carrying media.
- the network communications medium may comprise, for example, twisted pair Category 5 cabling, coaxial cabling, a standard POTS line, power line carrier, optical fiber, RF or infrared.
- the medium may be common or it may be shared with the possibility of requiring the use of gateways, routing devices or any other appropriate network device for carrying data signals.
- the devices within the system include, within their housings, a slot that allows for the connection of a bus terminator.
- the bus terminator is typically an RC network that is connected to the device and serves to mechanically as well as electrically connect the device to the network communication line, e.g., twisted pair, coaxial, optical fiber, etc.
- the system is able to communicate to devices within the system to provide intrasystem control and monitoring as well as to communicate outside the system to provide intersystem control and monitoring.
- Data and/or commands are received and transmitted, real time relative readings can be received and transmitted, devices can be calibrated externally in an automatic self adjusting way or via a communication link over the network.
- FIG. 1 is a front view illustration of a first embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating PIR, temperature, humidity and ambient light sensors, thermostat control and a single switch;
- FIG. 2 is a perspective view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention shown in FIG. 1 ;
- FIG. 3 is a front view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention with the upper and lower covers removed;
- FIG. 4 is a perspective view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention with the upper and lower covers removed;
- FIG. 5A is a perspective view illustrating the upper portion of the sensor/thermostat unit in more detail wherein the PIR sensor blinds are in the open position;
- FIG. 5B is a cross sectional view illustrating the upper portion of the sensor/thermostat unit in more detail wherein the PIR sensor blinds are in the open position;
- FIG. 6A is a perspective view illustrating the upper portion of the sensor/thermostat unit in more detail wherein the PIR sensor blinds are in the closed position;
- FIG. 6B is a cross sectional view illustrating the upper portion of the sensor/thermostat unit in more detail wherein the PIR sensor blinds are in the closed position;
- FIG. 7 is a perspective view illustrating the temperature and humidity sensors and associated pedestal, housing and cover in more detail
- FIG. 8A is a perspective view illustrating the temperature and humidity sensor pedestal in more detail
- FIG. 8B is a side cross section view of the temperature and humidity sensor pedestal
- FIG. 9 is a front view illustration of a second embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating two switches and having the upper and lower covers in place;
- FIG. 10 is a front view illustration of a third embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating two switches and having the upper and lower covers in place;
- FIG. 11 is a perspective view illustration of a fourth embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention, a surface mount sensor/thermostat unit incorporating a single switch and having the upper and lower covers in place;
- FIG. 12 is a front view illustration of a fifth embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating temperature and humidity sensors in an air flow chamber, air flow channels, thermostat functions and a single switch;
- FIG. 13 is a front view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of FIG. 12 with the switch cover plate removed;
- FIG. 14 is a rear view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of FIG. 12 showing the embedded air flow channels for channeling air over the temperature and humidity sensors;
- FIG. 15 is a front view illustration of a sixth embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating temperature and humidity sensors in a diffusion chamber, thermostat functions and a single switch;
- FIG. 16 is a front view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of FIG. 15 with the switch cover plate removed;
- FIG. 17 is a perspective view illustration of a seventh embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating a display, dimming brighten/dim control, temperature control and temperature/room brightness display;
- FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram illustrating the multifunction sensor and control unit of the present invention.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram illustrating the motion sensor circuitry portion of the multi-sensor unit in more detail
- FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram illustrating the ambient light sensor circuitry portion of the multi-sensor and control unit in more detail
- FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram illustrating the temperature sensor circuitry portion of the multi-sensor and control unit in more detail
- FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram illustrating the humidity sensor circuitry portion of the multi-sensor and control unit in more detail
- FIG. 23 is a block diagram illustrating the communications transceiver portion of the multi-sensor and control unit in more detail
- FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram illustrating the relay driver circuitry portion of the multi-sensor and control unit in more detail
- FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram illustrating the ballast dimming circuitry portion of the multi-sensor and control unit in more detail
- FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram illustrating the dimming circuitry portion of the multi-sensor and control unit in more detail
- FIG. 27 is a block diagram illustrating the software portion of the multi-sensor unit in more detail
- FIG. 28 is a diagram illustrating the relationship between the actual and measured lux versus light intensity
- FIG. 29 is a flow diagram illustrating the read temperature sensor portion of the software in more detail
- FIGS. 30A and 30B are a flow diagram illustrating the process temperature value portion of the software in more detail
- FIG. 31 is a flow diagram illustrating the set point adjustment portion of the software in more detail
- FIG. 32 is a flow diagram illustrating the thermostat portion of the software in more detail.
- FIG. 33 is a flow diagram illustrating the fast change portion of the software in more detail.
- Term Definition AC Alternating Current BACNet Building Automation and Control Network (a data communication protocol) CAN Controller Area Network CEBus Consumer Electronics Bus CO Carbon Monoxide EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory EIA Electronic Industries Association HVAC Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning IR Infrared LED Light Emitting Diode PC Printed Circuit PIR Passive Infrared POTS Plain Old Telephone Service PRTD Platinum Resistance Temperature Detector PWM Pulse Width Modulation RAM Random Access Memory RC Resister/Capacitor RF Radio Frequency ROM Read Only Memory RTD Resistance Temperature Detector SNVT Standard Network Variable Type
- the present invention comprises a multifunction sensor and control device incorporating a plurality of sensors, one or more switches, a switching dimming or 0-10 V dimming control and a thermostat function.
- the sensors comprise a motion detector, temperature sensor, humidity sensor and ambient light sensor.
- the motion detector may comprise any suitable type of device capable of detecting motion such as PIR, ultrasonic or microwave.
- the temperature sensor is exposed to the surrounding air via one of two ways: (1) being located within air flow channel set up within the device or (2) being located within a chamber sealed off from the rest of the device but exposed to the surrounding air via diffusion.
- the passive infrared device used for motion detection is isolated from the air circulating for the purpose of temperature measurement by the use of a lens surrounding the motion detector.
- the temperature sensor is placed within a chamber isolated from the motion detector.
- the temperature and motion detection sensors may reside on the same or opposite sides of a PC board. If they reside on the same side a partition isolates the two transducers since the temperature sensor is required to have airflow while the passive infrared sensor should not.
- the temperature and humidity sensors are in an air channel or exposed to airflow, i.e., there is a separate entrance and exit of air having an associated speed, direction and force.
- no airflow channels are utilized.
- the device employs the concept of temperature diffusion with natural or artificial hysteresis by being exposed to the ambient air and changing in a deliberately slower and lagging manner. This necessitates that no air channel or flow exists from one end of the device to the other.
- This embodiment does not require the channeled circulation or flow of air over the temperature sensor that can be analogized to the water flow in an aqueduct that flows in a directional manner with varying directions, speeds and volumes.
- This embodiment measures temperature in a tidal fashion similar to the way the water in an ocean or harbor moves in and out from the shore. In other words, in one case air is flowing in a channel from one point to another similar to the way water flows in an aqueduct. In the case of this particular embodiment, the air moves in and out of the same opening like that of the rise and fall of the water in a harbor wherein the point of entry and exit for the air is the same.
- the phenomenon can also be described as the process of diffusion involving the intermingling of air molecules from outside the device and that of the air around the temperature sensor. Therefore, the temperature sensor and the passive infrared sensor could reside on the same or opposite sides of the PC board. The temperature and passive infrared elements, however, are required to be isolated from any erroneous air flow channels that may be present which could affect the accuracy of the measurements. Thus, the present invention provides a practical solution allowing temperature sensing and PIR motion sensing to reside in the same housing in a device that can be mounted in a single gang box.
- FIG. 1 A front view illustration of a first embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating PIR, temperature, humidity and ambient light sensors, thermostat control and a single switch is shown in FIG. 1 .
- the device generally referenced 10 , comprises a housing 14 connected to a mounting plate 12 via one or more fasteners through apertures 35 .
- the housing 14 comprises an aperture covered by a lens or window 16 .
- the aperture is used to house an occupancy sensor, e.g., passive infrared sensor (PIR).
- PIR passive infrared sensor
- the occupancy sensor may comprise one or more PIR detectors, e.g., dual PIR detectors.
- An upper cover 18 which may or may not be removable, is positioned below the motion detection element lens 16 . Making the cover 18 removable permits access to adjusting levers or blinds within the device that can be used to adjust the field of view of the PIR detectors in the device.
- a display 41 for displaying information such as temperature, status, commands or other type of data including but not limited to the time of day including whether it is AM or PM and a timer display letting the occupant know when the lights will time out.
- the display may comprise any suitable display type such as LCD, LED, plasma, etc and may or may not be backlit.
- buttons 43 for inputting information into the device 10 .
- One button is configured as an up arrow and the other button is configured as a down arrow. These buttons could be used for example to set the desired temperature using the thermostat feature of the present invention.
- a lower cover 28 functioning as a switch cover or plate having a raised bar portion 32 is located below the display 41 and up/down arrow buttons 43 .
- the switch is used to control a logical load that the device is bound to or one of the internal load switching or dimming elements.
- the logical load comprises one or more physical electrical loads.
- When pressed, a message is sent to the control device connected to the load to be switched. The message is interpreted and the control device carries out any required action.
- the switch in this and all embodiments disclosed herein may comprise any suitable switch including but not limited to a mechanical pushbutton type switch, electrical rocker type switch, mechanical rocker type switch and an electronic switch such as a touch plate or screen.
- An aperture 26 is located within the switch cover 28 and may optionally include a transparent or translucent window or light pipe therewithin.
- the aperture 26 provides visual access to a visual indicator such as an LED.
- the visual indicator is used to provide feedback to the user, e.g., in connection with the status of the bound logical electrical load or the status of occupancy as determined by the PIR sensor.
- the aperture 26 also provides a light path for an optional ambient light sensor.
- the ambient light sensor measures the ambient light level that may be used in determining the intensity of light to provide in the surrounding area.
- the device 10 also comprises a switch 30 that provides the user a means for placing the device into one or more modes.
- the switch 30 comprises three positions: ON, AUTO and OFF.
- the ON position turns the logical load on regardless of other inputs
- the AUTO position lets the load be controlled by one or more sensor inputs
- the OFF position turns the load off regardless of the state of the sensor inputs.
- the device 10 also incorporates an aperture, vent or grill 22 that functions to allow air to diffuse through to an inner chamber housing the temperature sensor 48 and humidity sensor 49 .
- the hole in the wall required for the passage of wiring can either blow or suck air due to the chimney effect.
- the housing comprises openings in specific places, e.g., only on the top, so as to direct any potential airflow through an area that will not impact the operation of the electronic circuitry. If openings are placed on the top and bottom or not provided at all, this causes air to find its way in or out of the device through incidental openings in the face. This would cause air to flow over the electronic circuitry thus giving false readings, positive or negative.
- FIG. 2 A perspective view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention shown in FIG. 1 is shown in FIG. 2 .
- a large portion of the housing 14 is shown including the fasteners 35 for connecting the mounting plate 12 onto the housing 14 .
- FIG. 3 A front view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention with the upper and lower covers removed is shown in FIG. 3 .
- the device is shown with the upper cover 18 having been removed from the housing 14 .
- the housing panel 50 and left and right adjusting levers 44 , 46 , respectively.
- the mounting plate 12 mounting holes 33 , PIR detector lens 16 , display 41 , up/down buttons 43 , grill aperture 22 , humidity sensor 49 , temperature sensor 48 , fasteners 35 and mode switch 30 .
- the lower cover or switch cover 28 has been removed revealing the housing panel 50 and a series of indicators and switches.
- a visual indicator 31 such as an LED and an ambient light sensor 37 are located behind the aperture 26 in the switch cover 28 such that light is able to reach the ambient light sensor and the LED is visible from the outside.
- a visual indicator 40 e.g., LED, functioning as a LonWorks status LED and a momentary switch 42 that functions as a LonWorks service request pin.
- the blinders themselves are located behind the housing panel 50 .
- the adjusting levers 44 , 46 extend beyond the surface of the housing panel 50 so as to be accessible to a user.
- the blinders can be adjusted by moving the adjusting levers left or right along a linear path in the housing panel 50 .
- FIG. 4 A perspective view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention with the upper and lower covers removed is shown in FIG. 4 .
- the removable upper cover 18 is shown oriented in a removed position from the device 10 .
- Tabs 25 on either side of the cover 18 secure it to the housing 14 .
- the removable lower cover or switch cover 28 is also shown oriented in a removed position from the device 10 .
- Pivots 23 on the top portion of both sides of the switch cover secure it to the housing 14 .
- the pivot notches mate with corresponding mounting points in the housing panel 50 .
- the switch cover 28 is shown also with the aperture 26 and press bar 32 .
- LEDs 31 , 40 , ambient light sensor 37 and switches 39 , 42 are also shown on housing panel 50 .
- vent grill 22 Located in the lower portion of the device 10 is the vent grill 22 having openings to permit the temperature and humidity sensors to contact the surrounding air.
- the inner chamber formed within the device behind the grill is adapted so that it seals off the temperature and humidity sensors from the inner space between the housing panel 50 and the inner area of the device.
- the grill 22 is shown with openings that are in a vertical fashion. Note, however, that they may be positioned horizontally, vertically or at any angle.
- the angle of the vent openings could affect the response of the temperature and humidity sensing elements by allowing either a more rapid rate of change or a slower rate of change based upon the size, quantity, angle and shape of the openings.
- This change in the architecture of the vent 22 can be compensated for in the hardware and/or software of the device. The optimum design for maximum performance depends on the given application and desired temperature and humidity changes per time period.
- FIG. 5A A perspective view illustrating the upper portion of the sensor/thermostat unit in more detail wherein the PIR sensor blinds are in the open position is shown in FIG. 5A .
- the adjusting levers 44 , 46 are shown in their widest open position, i.e., the adjusting levers are positioned closest to the housing panel 50 . In this position, the PIR detectors are exposed to the largest area through the lens 16 .
- An illustration of the cross sectional cut 51 is shown in FIG. 5B .
- the dual PIR detectors 60 , 62 are fastened to a mounting block 63 , which in turn is fixed to the printed circuit board 61 .
- the lens 16 is fixed to the housing 14 .
- the housing 14 is fastened to the mounting plate 12 .
- a partition or separating wall 76 functions to separate the radiation falling on the two detectors 60 , 62 , reducing interference effects as well as providing mechanical support in the event a foreign object is pressed against the lens.
- Two blinders 45 , 47 functions to adjust the amount of radiation falling on the detectors 60 , 62 .
- Blinder 45 comprises an elongated shutter section 74 supported by a lower wall 66 and an upper wall (not shown) and a cylindrical stud or pivot 70 .
- blinder 47 comprises an elongated shutter section 72 supported by a lower wall 64 and an upper wall (not shown) and a cylindrical stud 68 .
- the shutters are pivotally mounted to permit the blinders to be opened and closed.
- the blinders pivot on an axis formed by the cylindrical studs 68 , 70 .
- the blinders may be curved and are preferably constructed of a material that does not pass the signal the detectors are adapted to respond to.
- the shutter sections may comprise a natural or synthetic rubber, thermoset or thermoplastic material or any other suitable molded or machinable material. The material used is preferably moldable plastic.
- FIG. 6A A perspective view illustrating the upper portion of the sensor/thermostat unit in more detail wherein the PIR sensor blinds are in the closed position is shown in FIG. 6A .
- the adjusting levers 44 , 46 are shown in their narrowest closed position, i.e., the adjusting levers are positioned furthest away from the housing panel 50 . In this position, the PIR detectors are exposed to the smallest area through the lens 16 .
- An illustration of the cross sectional cut 53 is shown in FIG. 6B .
- the blinders 45 , 47 are shown in their most closed position. In this position, the largest amount of radiation coming through the lens 16 is blocked from falling on the detectors 60 , 62 .
- each of the blinders 45 , 47 is independently adjustable so that the angles that each blinder is set to may be equal or unequal. To narrow the field of view of the detectors, the blinders 45 , 47 are rotated towards the partition 76 . Vice versa, to broaden the field of view of the detectors, the blinders 45 , 47 are rotated away from the partition 76 .
- a more detailed description of the operation and construction of the blinders and the housing may be found in U.S. Pat. No. 5,739,753, entitled Detector System With Adjustable Field Of View, similarly assigned and incorporated herein by reference.
- FIG. 7 A perspective view illustrating the temperature and humidity sensors and associated pedestal, housing and cover in more detail is shown in FIG. 7 .
- the plurality of electrical leads 90 from the temperature sensor 48 are mounted on the PC board 80 via soldering or other means.
- the temperature sensor is mounted on a cylindrically shaped pedestal 82 that extends from the surface of the PC board to the base of the sensor 48 .
- the electrical leads 90 of the temperature sensor 48 are inserted into corresponding openings on the upper surface of the pedestal 82 .
- the circular cutout in the housing panel 50 is constructed to snugly fit around the diameter of the pedestal 82 .
- An upper wall 83 is provided that extends from the housing panel 50 to the outer cover. The upper wall helps to seal the temperature sensor from the rest of the device.
- the outer cover, upper wall 83 , housing panel 50 and pedestal 82 are constructed and positioned so as to seal off the temperature sensor from the rest of the device.
- an air chamber is formed in which the sensor is positioned which permits air from outside the device to diffuse through the vent 22 to the sensor 48 .
- the sensor is not exposed to any internal air channels that may be present and is separated from the PIR detectors so that they do not interfere with one another.
- FIG. 8A A perspective view illustrating the temperature and humidity sensor pedestal in more detail is shown in FIG. 8A .
- FIG. 8B A side cross section view of the temperature and humidity sensor pedestal is shown in FIG. 8B .
- the pedestal 82 functions to support the temperature sensor 48 at a height above the PC board and also functions to environmentally isolate the sensor from the interior of the device.
- the pedestal comprises a cylindrical body 100 and has a hollow interior. One end of the body 100 is closed off thus forming an upper portion.
- the upper portion comprises a substantially flat surface 94 with a plurality of apertures 96 therewithin.
- the flat surface 94 is recessed and adapted to mate with the bottom surface of the temperature sensor and is shaped in accordance therewith.
- Surrounding the flat portion is a circular raised rid ge 98 extending around the entire circumference of the pedestal.
- a circular lip 93 is formed between the ridge 98 and the outer wall of the body 100 .
- the pedestal is positioned such that the lip 93 sits flush against the interior edge of the housing panel 50 (see FIG. 7 ).
- the ridge 98 is adapted to fit snuggly within the inner diameter of the cutout in the housing panel.
- the pedestal functions to seal the sensor from air circulating within the device between the PC board 80 and the housing panel 50 .
- the upper surface portion of the pedestal should be adapted to mate with the sensor to enclose it thus substantially forming a seal around the bottom portion of the sensor as shown herein.
- FIG. 9 A front view illustration of a second embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating two switches and having the upper and lower covers in place is shown in FIG. 9 .
- the device, generally referenced 110 is similar to device 10 of FIG. 1 with the difference being that two switches are included rather than one. This embodiment is useful when it is desired to control two separate logical loads from a single device in on/off fashion.
- the device comprises a mounting plate 12 , housing 14 , lens 16 for the PIR detectors, a removable cover 18 , display 41 , up and down buttons 43 and grill 22 permitting air to diffuse through to the temperature sensor 48 and humidity sensor 49 .
- a first switch cover 122 and a second switch cover 124 are provided having optional raised bumps 127 to help users distinguish the two switches from each other by way of tactile feel, such as when operating the switch in low light or darkness.
- the mode switch 30 which can be placed in an on, auto or off positions and the light pipe 126 which provides a light path to an internal LED or other light source and an ambient light sensor.
- a third embodiment also splits the switch cover 28 ( FIG. 1 ) into two separate covers as the device of FIG. 9 .
- a front view illustration of a third embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating two switches and having the upper and lower covers in place is shown in FIG. 10 .
- the device of FIG. 10 provides a dimmer function for one or more electrical loads.
- the switch cover 123 when pressed, functions to brighten the load as indicated by the up arrow 129 and conversely, when the switch cover 125 is pressed, the load is dimmed, as indicated by the down arrow 121 .
- the device comprises a mounting plate 12 , housing 14 , lens 16 for the PIR detectors, a removable cover 18 , display 41 , up and down buttons 43 and grill 22 permitting air to diffuse through to the temperature sensor 48 and humidity sensor 49 . Also shown are the mode switch 30 which can be placed in an on, auto or off positions and the light pipe 126 which provides a light path to an internal LED or other light source and an ambient light sensor.
- a fourth embodiment comprises a sensor unit similar to that of FIGS. 1 and 2 but suitable for mounting on a surface of a wall.
- a perspective view illustration of a fourth embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention, a surface mount sensor/thermostat unit incorporating a single switch and having the upper and lower covers in place is shown in FIG. 11 .
- the device, generally referenced 400 comprises a surface mount housing 402 and can be mounted to a wall box.
- the features and functionality of the device 400 are similar to those of device 10 ( FIG. 1 ) and have been described hereinabove. Note that corresponding elements have been given the same reference numerals to aid the reader in understanding the invention.
- FIG. 12 A front view illustration of a fifth embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating temperature and humidity sensors in an air flow chamber, air flow channels, thermostat functions and a single switch is shown in FIG. 12 .
- This device generally referenced 410 , comprises a housing and front face portion 412 .
- the face portion includes a display 414 for displaying information such as temperature, status, commands or other type of data.
- the display may comprise any suitable display type such as LCD, LED, plasma, etc.
- Below the display 414 are two buttons 416 for inputting information into the device 410 .
- One button is configured as an up arrow and the other button is configured as a down arrow. These buttons could be used for example to set the desired temperature using the thermostat feature of the present invention.
- a slide switch 417 is provided for selecting between cool, heat or off.
- An additional slide switch 419 is employed on the other side of the display 414 that functions to allow the fan controls to be placed in an AUTO or ON state. Both slide switches are optional. If the device 450 functions as a master thermostat then it is desirable to have the slide switches. On the other hand, if the device 450 is in an office environment, for example, it may not be desirable to have the slide switches.
- a press to release button (not shown) to allow for the device to be easily removed from the wall. This allows for the device with its lighting and temperature sensor and controls to be removed from its fixed position on the wall and moved freely about the room. It can be placed in a more desirable location or can be used as a remote control as well as a regular wall mounted or table top switch or dimmer, sensor or thermostat as well as to adjust and control all natural and artificial lighting, temperature and humidity devices.
- Natural devices include all type of conventional HVAC cooling and heating devices. Natural devices include but are not limited to such devices as ceiling fans, windows, window shades, skylights, etc., i.e., devices other than conventional HVAC devices.
- a switch 420 is located below the display 414 and up/down arrow buttons 416 .
- the switch is used to control a logical load that the device is bound to.
- the logical load comprises one or more physical electrical loads.
- When pressed, a message is sent to the control device connected to the load to be switched. The message is interpreted and the control device carries out any required action.
- On either side of the upper portion of the switch 420 is a vent opening 422 that leads to an inner air flow channel running downwardly to the chamber behind the grill 426 .
- a visual indicator 424 such as an LED or light bar is positioned below the switch 420 .
- the visual indicator is used to provide feedback to the user, e.g., in connection with the status of the logically bound electrical load.
- the device 410 also incorporates an aperture grill or vent 426 located below the LED 424 .
- the vent 426 functions to allow air to diffuse through to an inner chamber housing the temperature sensor 430 and humidity sensor 428 .
- the chamber is connected via air channels within the device that run up inside the face cover 412 of the device and exit through the vent openings 422 situated on either side of the switch 420 .
- the device 410 also comprises a switch (not shown) that provides the user a means for placing the device into one or more modes.
- the switch may include two modes: OFF and AUTO.
- the AUTO position lets the load be controlled by one or more sensor inputs and the OFF position turns the load off regardless of the state of the sensor inputs.
- Apertures 421 at the top and bottom of side face extensions 418 provide a means by which the face cover 412 device may be fastened to a housing, the housing being adapted to be installed in a single or multiple gang wallbox. Apertures (not shown) are also included to permit a cover plate (not shown) to be mounted over the device after it is installed in a wallbox.
- this embodiment precludes the incorporation of PIR motion detection sensors in the device due to the problems associated with obtaining false readings of the PIR sensors.
- the problems arise due to the channeled air flowing near the PIR sensing elements.
- this embodiment may or may not comprise an ambient light sensor.
- the device 410 shown in FIG. 12 does not show one, however, an ambient light sensor may be placed behind the grill 426 or behind the switch cover 420 using a translucent window to permit light from outside the device to reach the ambient light sensor.
- FIG. 13 A front view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of FIG. 12 with the switch cover plate 420 removed is shown in FIG. 13 .
- the area 432 behind the switch cover 420 houses a plurality of switches and visual indicators.
- a tactile momentary switch 434 is mechanically coupled to the switch cover 420 when it is in place.
- a user actuates the switch 434 by pressing on the switch cover 420 .
- a visual indicator 438 e.g., LED, functions as a LonWorks service status LED, i.e., node status indication. LEDs 424 and 438 may optionally be different colors such as red for LED 424 and yellow for LED 438 .
- a momentary switch 440 functions as a combination LonWorks compatible service request/go unconfigured button.
- a switch 436 functions as an off/auto button.
- the off/auto button 436 is used to place the device 410 into the off state or the auto state.
- the device In the off state, the device ceases to respond to sensor input including switch closures and will not transmit messages onto the network to other devices.
- the device When the device is in the auto state, it responds to sensor input and to switch closures and transmits messages to other nodes on the network.
- the service request/go unconfigured button 440 performs two functions. When the service request/go unconfigured button 440 is pressed momentarily, e.g., for one second, the device 410 performs normal service pin functions. However, when the service request/go unconfigured button 440 is pressed for more than a certain period of time, e.g., six seconds, the device will be placed into the unconfigured state. Thus, a user may issue a command to the device, via the button 440 that functions as an input means, telling it to enter the unconfigured state.
- the software controlling the button can be adapted to not place the device in the unconfigured state if the command is continuously present without interruption at the input means.
- the operation of the go unconfigured feature is described in detail in U.S.
- FIG. 14 A rear view illustration of the face of the sensor/thermostat unit of FIG. 12 showing the embedded air flow channels for channeling air over the temperature and humidity sensors is shown in FIG. 14 .
- the rear side of the face cover 412 comprises an air channel 442 grooved into the face cover that extends from the vent openings 422 downward along the outer edges of the switch cover to the hollowed out chamber area 444 that lies behind the grill 426 .
- the channels 442 and the entire airflow chamber can be completely enclosed in the plastic frame or may also use a combination of the printed circuit board, housing, gaskets and other elements to create an air flow channel.
- FIG. 15 A front view illustration of a sixth embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating temperature and humidity sensors in a diffusion chamber, thermostat functions and a single switch is shown in FIG. 15 .
- the device generally referenced 450 , comprises an air diffusion chamber to expose the temperature and humidity sensors to the surrounding air, rather than the air channels of the device 410 of FIG. 12 .
- the device 450 is similar to that of the device of FIG. 12 with the removal of the vent openings and the widening of the switch cover.
- the device 450 comprises a housing and front face portion 452 .
- the face portion includes a display 454 for displaying information such as temperature, status, commands or other type of data.
- Below the display 454 are two buttons 456 for inputting information into the device 450 .
- One button is configured as an up arrow and the other button is configured as a down arrow. These buttons could be used for example to set the desired temperature using the thermostat feature of the present invention.
- a slide switch 457 is provided for selecting between cool, heat or off.
- An additional slide switch 459 is employed on the other side of the display 454 that functions to allow the fan controls to be placed in an AUTO or ON state. Both slide switches are optional. If the device 450 functions as a master thermostat then it is desirable to have the slide switches. On the other hand, if the device 450 is in an office environment, for example, it may not be desirable to have the slide switches.
- a switch 462 is located below the display 454 and up/down arrow buttons 456 .
- the switch is used to control a logical load that the device is bound to.
- the logical load comprises one or more physical electrical loads. When pressed, a message is sent to the control device connected to the load to be switched. The message is interpreted and the control device carries out any required action.
- a visual indicator 464 such as an LED or light bar is positioned below the switch 462 .
- the visual indicator is used to provide feedback to the user, e.g., in connection with the status of the bound logical electrical load.
- the device 450 also incorporates an aperture grill or vent 466 is located below the LED 464 .
- the vent 466 functions to allow air to diffuse through to an inner chamber housing the temperature sensor 470 and humidity sensor 468 .
- Apertures 460 at the top and bottom of side face extensions 458 provide a means by which the face cover 452 device may be fastened to a housing, the housing being adapted to be installed in a single or multiple gang wallbox. Apertures (not shown) are also included to permit a cover plate (not shown) to be mounted over the device after it is installed in a wallbox.
- this embodiment may or may not comprise an ambient light sensor.
- the device 450 shown in FIG. 15 does not show one, however, an ambient light sensor may be placed behind the grill 466 or behind the switch cover 462 using a translucent window to permit light from outside the device to reach the ambient light sensor.
- FIG. 16 A front view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of FIG. 15 with the switch cover plate 460 removed is shown in FIG. 16 .
- the area 472 behind the switch cover 462 houses a plurality of switches and visual indicators. Situated within the area 472 are a tactile momentary switch 474 , a visual indicator 476 , e.g., LED, which functions as a LonWorks service status LED, i.e., node status indication, a momentary switch 478 which functions as a combination LonWorks compatible service request/go unconfigured button and a switch 480 which functions as an off/auto button.
- the operation of switches 474 , 478 , 480 and LED 476 is identical to those of switches 434 , 440 , 436 and LED 438 , respectively, of FIG. 13 as described in detail hereinabove.
- FIG. 17 A perspective view illustration of a seventh embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating a display, dimming brighten/dim control, temperature control and temperate/room brightness display is shown in FIG. 17 .
- the device generally referenced 130 , is shown installed with a cover plate in a single gang wallbox.
- the elements visible comprise a cover plate 140 that surrounds the device, an up/down dimming control 134 , a temperature display 138 , a brightness display 136 and a grill 135 for a temperature sensor and/or humidity sensor located between them.
- the grill 135 is similar in construction and function to grill 22 as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 and described hereinabove.
- the temperature display 138 is shown in degrees Fahrenheit but can be also displayed in degrees Celsius.
- the temperature control 132 provides a means for a user to enter information such as temperature set points for the thermostat function.
- the dimming control 134 can provide not only a brighten/dim function but also an on/off function as well.
- the device 130 may function only as a control and display device or alternatively, may incorporate the temperature sensor, humidity sensor, ambient light sensor and occupancy sensor of the embodiments described hereinabove.
- the present invention is intended to function within a local operating network or network based control system incorporating multiple devices having different functionality.
- the local operating network can be applied to lighting and HVAC systems.
- the local operating network comprises one or more devices, a user interface, actuator element, power supply, communications media, media connections and protocol and sensor inputs. These components function to work together with other devices that can communicate using the same standard communication protocol to form a local operating network.
- the system comprises various device functionality including but not limited to various sensor and transducer functions such as motion detector sensors, temperature sensors, humidity sensors and dimming sensors.
- the devices may be packaged in various form factors including but not limited to surface mount, flush mount, wall mount and single or dual gang wall box and ceiling mount.
- Other features include light harvesting or constant light maintenance, time of day scheduling, on/off/auto switching and sensing, single and multiple 20 A 100 to 347 VAC switching devices for incandescent and fluorescent lighting loads and 8 A 800 W 100 to 347 VAC dimming triac devices with a series air gap relay element.
- the devices comprise software and/or firmware for controlling the operation and features of the device, 15 VDC power supply for supplying electrical power for the 0-10V dimming signal, a reset push button for resetting the device and a communications network media interface.
- a key feature of the system is that the devices on the network can interoperate over the network.
- the system can be expanded at any time, and the functionality of the individual components can be changed at any time by downloading new firmware.
- a device For a device to be interoperable it must communicate in accordance with the protocol specification in use in the system, e.g., LonWorks, CEBus, etc. If a device complies with the standard or protocol in use, it can communicate with other devices in the system.
- the temperature sensor within the device may be bound (as defined by the LonWorks protocol) to the HVAC system, for example. After a threshold temperature is exceeded, the temperature sensor can respond by sending a command to the HVAC system to turn on the air conditioning.
- the unit 150 comprises a controller 190 to which are connected various components.
- the controller 190 comprises a suitable processor such as a microprocessor or microcomputer.
- the controller may comprise a Neuron 3120 or 3150 microcontroller manufactured by Motorola, Schaumberg, Ill. More detailed information on the Neuron chips can be found in the Motorola Databook: “LonWorks Technology Device Data,” Rev. 3, 1997, incorporated herein by reference.
- Memory connected to the controller includes RAM 200 , ROM 202 for firmware program storage and EEPROM 204 for storing downloadable software and various constants and parameters used by the unit.
- a power supply 172 functions to supply the various voltages needed by the internal circuitry of the device, e.g., 5 V (V CC ), 15 V, etc.
- the power supply 172 may be adapted to provide V CC and other voltages required by the internal circuitry either directly from phase and neutral of the AC electrical power source or from an intermediate voltage generated by another power supply.
- a 15 V supply voltage may be generated by another device and provided to the unit 150 via low voltage cabling. This reduces the complexity of the unit 150 thus reducing its cost by eliminating the requirement of having a high voltage power supply onboard.
- a clock circuit 170 provides the clock signals required by the controller 190 and the remaining circuitry.
- the clock circuit may comprise one or more crystal oscillators for providing a stable reference clock signal.
- the reset/power supply monitor circuitry 168 provides a power up reset signal to the controller 190 .
- the circuit also functions to monitor the output of the power supply. If the output voltage drops too low, the reset circuit 168 functions to generate a reset signal as operating at too low a voltage may yield unpredictable operation.
- the unit 150 comprises a service pin on the controller 190 to which is connected a momentary push button switch 156 and service indicator 154 which may comprise an LED.
- the switch 156 is connected between ground and the cathode of the LED 154 .
- the anode of the LED is connected to V CC via resister 152 .
- a zener diode 158 clamps the voltage on the service pin to a predetermined level.
- the switch 156 is connected to the service pin via a series resister 174 .
- the service pin on the controller functions as both an input and an output.
- the controller 190 is adapted to detect the closure of the switch 156 and to perform service handling in response thereto. A more detailed description of the service pin and its associated internal processing can be found in the Motorola Databook referenced above.
- the unit 150 is adapted to interoperate with other devices on the network. It incorporates communication means that comprises a communication transceiver 192 that interfaces the controller 190 to the network.
- the communications transceiver 192 may comprise any suitable communication/network interface means. The choice of network, e.g., LonWorks, CEBus, etc. in addition to the choice of media, determines the requirements for the communications transceiver 192 .
- the communications transceiver may comprise the FTT-10A twisted pair transceiver manufactured by Echelon Corp, Palo Alto, Calif. This transceiver comprises the necessary components to interface the controller to a twisted pair network.
- Transmit data from the controller 190 is input to the transceiver which functions to encode and process the data for placement onto the twisted pair cable.
- data received from the twisted pair wiring is processed and decoded and output to the controller 190 .
- other transceivers can be used such as RS-232, RS-485 or any other known physical layer interfaces suitable for use with the invention.
- transceivers for other types of media such as power line carrier and coaxial, for example, can also be used.
- the unit 150 also comprises mode switch means that provides three modes of operation to the user: on/off/auto.
- the mode switch means comprises slide switch 160 , pull up resisters 180 , 182 , series resisters 176 , 178 and zener diodes 162 , 164 .
- the slide switch 160 is a three position slide switch which has two of the its terminals connected to two I/O pins on the controller 150 via series resisters 176 , 178 . One comprises the ON mode state and the other the OFF mode state.
- Software in the controller 150 periodically scans the two I/O pins for the state of the mode switch.
- the controller uses software adapted to decode the signal output of the mode switch to yield the actual switch position.
- the AUTO mode state is represented by both OFF and ON inputs being low.
- the mode switch controls the operation of the unit 150 . If the switch is in the OFF state, the on/off or brighten/dim features of the device are disabled. If the switch is in the AUTO position, the device operates normally. When the mode switch is on the ON position, the load is forced to turn on regardless of the state of the on/off/auto switch inputs.
- the unit 150 is adapted to measure temperature, humidity, ambient light and to detect occupancy.
- the unit 150 comprises (1) motion sensor circuitry 194 that functions to generate a MOTION signal representing the level of motion; (2) ambient light sensor circuitry 196 that functions to generate a LUX signal representing the level of light; (3) temperature sensor circuitry 198 that functions to generate a TEMP signal representing the temperature level; and (4) humidity sensor circuitry 199 that functions to generate a HUM signal representing the humidity level.
- the four analog signals MOTION, LUX, TEMP and HUM are input to a four-channel A/D converter 188 . Mux control of the A/D converter 188 is provided by the controller 190 .
- the digitized output of the A/D converter is input to an I/O port on the controller 190 .
- the A/D conversion function may be incorporated into the controller as is common with many commercially available microcontrollers.
- the unit 150 also comprises relay driver circuitry 490 coupled to one or more relay loads; ballast dimming circuitry 510 coupled to one or more 0-10 V ballast loads; and dimming circuitry 530 coupled to one or more dimming loads.
- An occupancy detect indicator 186 which may comprise an LED, provides a user visual feedback as to the detection of motion by the unit.
- the cathode of the LED 186 is input to an I/O pin on the controller 190 and the anode is pulled high by pull up resister 184 .
- An active low on the signal OCCUPANCY_DETECT causes the LED to light.
- the unit 150 also provides a user the capability to either turn one or more lighting devices on/off and or to brighten/dim them.
- the unit 150 comprises circuitry two momentary contact switches 218 , 220 that are connected to two I/O pins on the controller 190 via series resisters 206 , 208 , respectively. One end of each switch is coupled to ground and the other end is clamped by a zener diode 214 , 216 . The output of each switch is pulled high to V CC via pull up resisters 210 , 212 .
- the two switches 218 , 220 may be installed in the unit behind a rocker panel such that one switch is operated when one end of the toggle is pressed and the other switch is operated when the other end of the toggle is pressed. Pressing on the upper portion of the toggle turns the lighting load on and pressing on the lower potion turns it off.
- the unit can be adapted to cause the lighting load to brighten and dim in response to the toggle being pressed upwards or downwards, respectively.
- the device 10 only requires a single switch as this embodiment operates a single logical lighting load which could physically be many lighting loads.
- the switch plate 28 is adapted to operate only a single push button switch. Each switch closure toggles the state of the logical and physical lighting load.
- the device 110 requires two switches but each could operate a separate logical lighting load that could physically be many lighting loads.
- One switch plate 122 is associated with one load and the other switch plate 124 is associated with the other load.
- Each switch closure for each of the two switches functions to toggle the state of the respective logical and physical lighting load.
- the device 110 requires two switches for providing brighten/dim control for a single or multiple lighting load.
- One switch plate 123 is associated with the brighten function and the other switch plate 125 is associated with the dim function.
- the up switch plate may also turn the load on and the down switch plate may function to turn the load off.
- the switches and associated hardware circuitry and software application may be adapted to provide numerous lighting control possibilities.
- the motion sensor circuitry 194 comprises one or more passive infrared (PIR) sensors coupled between ground and V CC .
- PIR passive infrared
- the PIR sensors may comprise a single sensor unit such as part number LHI878 manufactured by EG&G Heimann Optoelectronics GmbH, Wiesbaden, Germany, or in the alternative a dual sensor unit.
- the signal output of PIR sensor #1 230 is processed by circuitry comprising capacitor 234 and resister 236 .
- the signal is then input to a signal conditioning operation amplifier (op amp) circuit comprising op amp 242 , capacitors 238 , 244 and resisters 240 , 245 .
- op amp signal conditioning operation amplifier
- the signal is input to the inverting input of the op amp 242 .
- the signal output of PIR sensor #2 233 is processed by circuitry comprising capacitor 260 and resister 264 .
- the signal is then input to the non-inverting input of the op amp 242 via capacitors 264 , 270 and resisters 266 and 268 , 272 that form a voltage divider.
- the output of the op amp 242 is input to a second signal conditioning op amp circuit comprising op amp 254 , capacitors 246 , 258 , 252 and resisters 247 , 256 , 248 and 250 .
- the output of the op amp 254 i.e., the MOTION signal, is input to the A/D converter 188 ( FIG. 14 ).
- the digital representation of the level of motion is processed by the occupancy task (described in more detail below) to determine whether or not the occupancy state should be declared.
- the ambient light sensor circuitry 196 comprises an ambient light detector 280 such as part number S1087 manufactured by Hamamatsu Photonics K.K., Hamamatsu City, Japan.
- the cathode of the light detector 280 is connected to the inverting input of op amp 286 .
- the anode of the detector 280 is connected to ground.
- a voltage reference V REF1 is input to the non-inverting input of the op amp.
- Capacitor 284 and resistor 282 are placed in the feedback path from the output to the inverting input via a voltage divider connected to the output and consisting of resisters 287 , 288 .
- the output of the op amp i.e., the LUX signal, is input to one of the channels of the A/D converter 188 .
- the digitized ambient light level is processed by the ambient light level task (described in more detail below) and transmitted as a network variable to all devices over the network that are bound to the device.
- the temperature sensor circuitry 198 comprises a temperature sensor 290 such as the NTC thermistor 23322-640-55103 manufactured by Philips.
- One side of the NTC temperature sensor 290 is coupled to ground while the other side is connected to resistor 291 , which is of same resistance value and tolerance as the temperature sensor, forming a voltage divider whereby a voltage of 2.50 V (typically) represents a sensor case temperature of 25 degrees C.
- the voltage divider is formed between a 5 VDC power supply voltage connected to resistor 291 .
- the non-circuit ground side of the NTC temperature sensor is input to the non-inverting input of op amp 298 via series resister 292 and resister 294 coupled to circuit ground.
- resistors 292 and 294 approximate 0 ohms.
- the inverting input of op amp 298 is connected to a voltage reference V REF2 (typically 2.5 VDC) via matched voltage divider resisters 296 and 297 and is also connected to the output via feedback resister 300 .
- Matching resistors 296 and 297 form a voltage divider that is connected to the inverting input of op amp 298 .
- Resistor 296 has one side connected to voltage reference V REF2 and the other side is connected to resistor 297 that then connects to circuit ground.
- Resisters 296 , 297 and 300 are selected so as to provide a typical gain of 1, although other values of gain are also suitable.
- the output of the op amp 298 is fed back to the inverting input creating a voltage follower circuit thus providing and overall gain of unity.
- the gain of the op amp can be modified to increase the resolution of the temperature reading over a given range.
- the output of the op amp i.e., the TEMP signal, is input to one of the channels of the A/D converter 188 .
- the digitized ambient light level is processed by the temperature task (described in more detail below) and transmitted as a network variable to all devices over the network that are bound to the device.
- a dual op amp circuit may be employed.
- the temperature sensing circuitry is coupled to two separate op amps.
- One of the op amps provides a unity gain as in the op amp circuit illustrated in FIG. 21 and the second provides a gain factor higher than unity, e.g., 5, so as to provide a finer resolution reading.
- the unity gain op amp provides a 0 to 5 volt range corresponding to a temperature range of 0 to 50 degrees Celsius.
- the op amp with a higher gain factor would provide a 0 to 5 volt range for a temperature range of, for example, 15 to 35 degrees Celsius.
- the upper 8 bits can be used for an incremental reading of 1 degrees Celsius and the lower 8 bits can be used for a higher resolution reading of ⁇ fraction (1/100) ⁇ degree Celsius.
- FIG. 22 A schematic diagram illustrating the humidity sensor circuitry portion of the multi-sensor unit in more detail is shown in FIG. 22 .
- the humidity sensor circuitry 199 is constructed around a humidity sensor 660 .
- a humidity sensor suitable for use with the present invention is the EMD-2000 Micro Relative Humidity Sensor manufactured by General Eastern, Woburn, Mass.
- a suitable op amp is the LM358 whose output comprises the HUM. Signal input to the A/D converter block 188 ( FIG. 18 ).
- FIG. 23 A block diagram illustrating the communications transceiver portion of the control unit in more detail is shown in FIG. 23 .
- the communications transceiver 192 functions to enable the control unit to communicate with other devices over the network. It is desirable that each device in the network incorporate communications means enabling it to share information with other devices. This is not, however, an absolute necessity as devices that do not employ a communications protocol or employ a protocol that is proprietary can also be part of the network. For example, a direct connection to the lighting load via a 0-10 VDC control line as well as a single analog output signal may be employed to communicate to one or more lighting and HVAC loads.
- the communications transceiver 192 is adapted to transmit and receive data over twisted pair wiring. As mentioned previously, the communication transceiver could be adapted to other type of media as well including, but not limited to, power line carrier, coaxial, RF, etc.
- the communications transceiver 192 comprises a twisted pair transceiver 222 for receiving Tx data from the controller and for outputting Rx data to the controller.
- the twisted pair transceiver processes the Tx data received from the controller resulting in a signal suitable for placement onto the twisted pair network.
- the Tx output of the twisted pair transceiver which has been converted to a differential 2-wire signal, is input to the twisted pair interface circuitry 224 which functions to adapt the differential transmit signal to the 2-wire twisted pair network 226 .
- the signal received over the 2-wire twisted pair network 226 is input to the twisted pair interface circuitry 224 .
- the interface circuitry functions to output a 2-wire differential receive signal that is input to the twisted pair transceiver 222 .
- the twisted pair transceiver 222 processes the differential receive signal and generates an output Rx signal suitable for input to the controller.
- the relay driver circuit 490 comprises a transistor circuit for controlling the coil 500 of a relay 502 .
- the RELAY signal from the controller is input to the base of transistor 494 via resister 496 and resistor 492 connected to ground.
- the coil 500 is placed in parallel with a diode 498 and connected between the 15 V supply and the collector of transistor 494 .
- the diode 498 functions to suppress the back EMF generated by the coil when it is de-energized.
- the circuit functions to open and close the relay 502 that is connected to the relay load.
- the ballast dimming circuit 510 comprises an op amp 518 and associated components which functions to output a signal in the range of 0 to 10 VDC.
- the output signal causes fluorescent lights that are equipped with electronic ballasts to dim to a particular level.
- the electronic ballasts are adapted to receive a standard 0 to 10 V signal that corresponds to the desired light intensity level.
- the electronic ballast consequently adjusts the voltages applied to the bulbs they are connected to in accordance with the level of the input ballast-dimming signal.
- the pulse width modulated BALLAST signal from the controller is input to the non-inverting input of the op amp 518 via the integrating filter represented by the series resister 512 and the capacitor 514 to ground. This signal is then amplified to an appropriate level via the op amp 518 and its associated resistor network comprised of resistors 516 and 520 .
- the resulting amplification of this particular circuit is approximately given by the following expression, 1 + R 138 R 136
- a zener diode 522 prevents the ballast output signal from exceeding a predetermined value.
- the control unit may comprise a plurality of ballast dimming circuits for dimming a plurality of fluorescent light loads.
- the dimming circuitry 530 functions to control the light level of an incandescent load (a dimming load).
- the dimming circuitry 530 comprises two portions: a triac dimming portion and a relay portion.
- the triac dimming portion comprises a triac 542 that is turned on at different points or angles of the AC cycle to effect the dimming function.
- the triac 542 is triggered by an opto coupled diac 536 which comprises an LED 534 optically coupled to a diac 540 .
- the diac 540 is connected to the gate of the triac 542 .
- the DIMMING signal from the controller turns on the LED 534 whose anode is connected to V CC via resister 532 .
- the DIMMING signal is brought low when the triac is to be turned on.
- the timing of the signal input to the opto coupled diac is synchronized with the zero crossings of the AC power. While the dim level of the load is set to non zero, the DIMMING signal is applied on a periodic basis, i.e., every AC half cycle.
- a relay 560 is placed in series with the triac for providing an air gap between the phase of the AC power and the load.
- the relay 560 is controlled by relay drive circuitry comprising transistor 572 , resistors 574 , 576 , diode 570 and coil 568 .
- the relay drive circuitry shown here operates similarly to the relay drive circuitry of FIG. 24 . When it is desired to completely turn the load off, the controller asserts the DIM_RELAY signal which cause the relay 560 to open.
- FIG. 27 A block diagram illustrating the software portion of the multi-sensor unit in more detail is shown in FIG. 27 .
- the hardware and software components of the unit in combination implement the functionality of the device.
- the software portion of the unit will now be described in more detail. Note that the implementation of the software may be different depending on the type of controller used to construct the unit. The functional tasks presented herein, however, can be implemented regardless of the actual implementation of the controller and/or software methodology used.
- the controller is a Neuron 3120, 3150 or equivalent.
- Some of the functionality required to implement the control unit is incorporated into the device by the manufacturer.
- the processing and associated firmware for implementing the physical, link and network layers of the communication stack are performed by means built into the Neuron processor.
- non-Neuron implementations of the control unit would require similar communication means to be able to share information with other devices over the network.
- the main control task 310 coordinates the operation of the unit.
- the control task is responsible for the overall functioning of the unit including initialization, housekeeping tasks, polling tasks, sensor measurement, etc.
- the unit is adapted to measure one or more physical quantities, transmit the measured quantities over the network, issue commands to a control unit located on the network and respond to commands received over the network from other sensors and control devices.
- the control is effected by the use of network variables referred to as Standard Network Variable Types (SNVTs), in the case of LonWorks networks, for example.
- SNVTs Standard Network Variable Types
- the data transmitted over the network is transmitted in the form of one or more network variables.
- the unit responds and behaves accordingly. The following describes the functionality provided by the unit.
- the reset task 312 functions to place the controller into an initialization state. Variables are initialized, states of the various drivers are initialized, memory is cleared and the device begins executing its application code.
- the reset task executes at start up and at any other time it is called or the power is reset.
- the task functions to initialize the internal stack, service pin, internal state machines, external RAM, communication ports, timers and the scheduler. Before the application code begins executing, the oscillators are given a chance to stabilize.
- the inhibit task 314 provides the capability of inhibiting and overriding the normal operating mode of the device and possibly one or more other devices connected to the network. This task is intended to operate within an electrical network that is made up of a plurality of devices wherein one or more of the devices is capable of commanding a control device to remove and reapply electrical power from a logical load connected to it.
- the devices or nodes communicate with the control device over the communications network.
- each logical load comprises one or more physical electrical loads
- each logical load comprises one or more physical electrical loads
- the control unit then propagates a feedback signal to the plurality of sensors.
- the sensor devices may comprise any type of sensor such as an occupancy sensor, switch or dimming sensor. Each sensor device is bound to its associated control unit. The one or more physical electrical loads are connected to the control unit. A feedback variable is bound from the control unit to each of the sensors.
- the inhibit task is operative to inhibit the normal operating mode of all the other input sensors and the control unit.
- the term ‘turning a device off’ includes switching the device off, disabling the device, placing the device in standby mode or tripping the device.
- the control unit and its load remain inhibited until all the sensor devices are no longer in the off, disabled, standby or tripped mode.
- electrical power to the load controlled by the control unit remains disconnected until all sensor devices are in the on position.
- This feature is particularly suited to permit maintenance or service to be performed in a safe manner on (1) any of the sensors, i.e., switching, occupancy, dimming, etc. sensor devices, logically connected to the same control unit or on (2) the load physically connected to the control unit.
- the mode switch 160 ( FIG. 18 ) is used for placing the unit into an off, disabled, standby, tripped or maintenance inhibit mode.
- the switch means can be implemented using mechanical or electronic means or a combination of the two either at the device itself or remotely over a network via one or more control commands.
- a pull out tab or mechanical arm can be used to put the input device into the maintenance off mode when it is pulled out. The pull out tab or mechanical arm would leave the input device in normal operating mode when pushed back in.
- the go unconfigured task 316 provides the capability of placing a device (also refereed to as a node) in an unconfigured state. This is useful whenever the device needs to be placed in a certain state such as the unconfigured state.
- a major advantage of this feature is that it provides an installer of LonWorks based systems the ability to easily place the electrical device (the node) in an unconfigured state utilizing the same button 156 ( FIG. 18 ) that is used in making a service request.
- the device When the device is in the configured node state (also known as the normal operating mode state), the device is considered configured, the application is running and the configuration is considered valid. It is only in this state that both local and network derived messages destined for the application software layer are received. In the other states, i.e., the application-less and unconfigured states, these messages are discarded and the node status indicator 154 ( FIG. 18 ) is off.
- the node status indicator is typically a service light emitting diode (LED) that is used to indicate to a user the status of the node.
- a device is referred to as configured if it is either in the hard off-line mode (i.e., an application is loaded but not running) or in the configured node state as described above.
- a node is considered unconfigured if it is either application-less or in the unconfigured state, i.e., no valid configuration in either case.
- Via the go unconfigured task a user can force the device into the unconfigured state so that it can be re-bound to the network, i.e., the device must be ‘reset’ within the LonWorks system.
- the term going unconfigured is defined as having the execution application program loaded but without the configuration available.
- the configuration may either be (1) not loaded (2) being re-loaded or (3) deemed bad due to a configuration checksum error.
- an executable application program can place its own node into the unconfigured state by calling the Neuron C built in function ‘go_unconfigured( )’. Using this built in function, an application program can determine, based on various parameters, whether or not an application should enter this state. When the device does enter the unconfigured state, theNode Status Indicator flashes at a rate of once per second.
- the unit of the present invention utilizes the service pin on the controller, e.g., Neuron chip, to place the node in an unconfigured state.
- the service pin Under control of the firmware built into the Neuron chip, the service pin is used during the configuration, installation and maintenance of the node embodying the Neuron chip.
- the firmware flashes an LED suitably connected to the service pin at a rate of 1 ⁇ 2 Hz when the Neuron chip has not been configured with network address information.
- the Neuron chip transmits a network management message containing its 48 bit unique ID on the network. A network management device to install and configure the node can then utilize the information contained within the message.
- the Neuron chip checks the state of the service pin on a periodic basis by the network processor firmware within the chip. Normally, the service pin is active low.
- the communication I/O task 318 functions in conjunction with the communication means located in the controller and the communication transceiver connected to the controller.
- the controller itself comprises means for receiving and transmitting information over the network.
- the communications firmware for enabling communications over the network is built into the Neuron chip. Further details can be found in the Motorola Databook referenced above.
- the occupancy task 320 is used to detect occupancy and maintain the occupied state until no occupancy is detected.
- the occupancy task 320 implements the occupancy functionality of the unit.
- the output generated by the occupancy task is bound to a control unit or similar device, which controls electrical power to the load.
- the occupancy task performs the motion detection function and calculates application delay and/or hold times as required.
- the SNVT ‘SNVT_occupancy’ can be used in implementing the occupancy detection and reporting functions.
- the occupancy task can utilize one or more configuration parameters that function to control the detection and reporting operations.
- a hold time parameter e.g., SNVT_time_sec nciHoldTime
- SNVT_time_sec nciHoldTime can be set which delays the reporting of a change from the occupied to unoccupied state.
- the occupancy sensor changes from the unoccupied state to the occupied state rapidly, but changes from the occupied to the unoccupied states after a delay.
- the purpose of the delay is to avoid unnecessary network traffic when the occupancy sensor is not detecting motion continuously. This is particularly useful when PIR detectors are employed in the sensor unit.
- the occupancy task 320 functions to control a relay or dimming load in accordance with the detection of motion in an area.
- One or more occupancy sensor devices can be bound to a relay or dimming object within the controller.
- a network may include a plurality of occupancy sensors and a control unit coupled to a load. Typically, the occupancy sensors are bound via the network to the control unit.
- the load to be switched or dimmed is coupled to the control unit.
- any number of sensors can be bound to the same object (load).
- the occupancy task does utilize any feedback from the control unit.
- more than one load can be connected to and controlled by the control unit.
- a light-harvesting feature can be enabled or disabled for each input.
- This feature utilizes the light level sensed by an ambient light level sensor also connected to the network. When occupancy is detected, the sensor functions to generate a command that is sent to the occupancy task in the control unit. The command is sent via the setting of a value for a particular network variable.
- the occupancy task first checks the current level of the light. If light harvesting is enabled, the lights turn on in accordance with the light-harvesting task. The ambient light level is periodically checked and the brightness of the lights is adjusted accordingly. If light harvesting is not enabled, then the lights are turned on in accordance with the following Lighting Priority Order:
- the analog signal MOTON output by the occupancy sensor circuitry 194 ( FIG. 19 ) is input to one of the channels of the A/D converter.
- the digitized value is then input to the controller who reads it periodically.
- the MOTION signal is a bipolar analog signal adapted to the range of 0 to 5 V for input to the A/D converter. With a 12-bit A/D converter, the MOTION signal is converted into a value from 0 to 4196.
- the value 2300 is taken as the null motion level that represents no detected motion.
- the controller functions to generate a window with high sense and a low sense values forming the boundaries of thresholds of the window. If the A/D value exceeds the high sense threshold or is lower than the low sense threshold, occupancy is declared.
- the high and low sense values are variable depending on the field of view/sensitivity setting set by the user. The values of the high and low sense thresholds for various field of view settings are presented below in Table 1. TABLE 1 Field Of View Low Sense High Sense Delta ⁇ High 1900 2700 ⁇ 350 On 1700 2900 ⁇ 500 Medium 1300 3300 ⁇ 1000 Low 700 3900 ⁇ 2000 Off Occupancy Off
- occupancy is declared when the A/D value exceeds either the low or high sense thresholds.
- the larger the field of view the smaller the window size, i.e., smaller A/D values cause occupancy to be declared.
- the larger the window size i.e., larger A/D values cause occupancy to be declared.
- the A/D value is tracked and the occupancy detect LED 186 ( FIG. 18 ) is illuminated. Once the value falls back below either threshold, a delay timer is started.
- the length of the timer is adjustable and is relatively short, e.g., 50 to 100 ms. If the A/D value remains within the threshold settings for the entire timer duration, the occupancy LED is extinguished and a hold timer is started. The occupancy state is not changed at this point and electrical power to the load is not removed.
- the hold timer counts a hold time duration that is settable over the network by a user. Only after the hold time is reached without the A/D value exceeding either threshold is the occupancy state removed and a network message is transmitted instructing the control unit to turn the load off.
- the following output network variables may be used in implementing the occupancy sensor function: occupancy, occupancy numerical output and occupancy auxiliary state.
- the following input network variables may be used: hold time, maximum send time and field of view.
- a key feature of the unit is that both the field of view and the sensitivity of the occupancy sensor can be adjusted over the network.
- adjustments can be scheduled at either specific or random time intervals as determined by a scheduler device that transmits commands to the unit.
- the field of view can be automatically adjusted over the network in accordance with the time of day, time clock, scheduler or other devices or inputs such as a local set point button/slider or via a network management tool.
- the field of view and the sensitivity of the occupancy sensor can be changed by varying the threshold window that is used to process the MOTION signal ( FIG. 19 ) output of the occupancy sensor circuitry.
- the threshold information may reside in non-volatile memory, e.g., EEPROM, and can be altered over the network. It may also be stored in RAM and changed dynamically over the network. Different applications could employ the ability to adjust the field of view combined with the ability to set different levels, different polarities such as negative or positive response of the PIR, time frames or number of hits or cycles.
- a user of the unit has the ability to select the desired field of view level between high, on, medium, low and off, representing fields of view >100%, 100%, 50%, 25% and off, respectively.
- the occupancy sensor can be overridden, i.e., ignored, in response to a scheduled or random input. For example, occupancy may be ignored during certain times of the day such as during nighttime hours.
- a switch can be bound with the occupancy sensor to provide an override function to turn the lights on at night or during off-hours. This feature is useful since the PIR detectors activate when they detect changes in heat or high levels of energy which are often generated, for example, by walkie talkies. Thus, this feature functions to minimize the ‘false ons’ that occur then the HVAC system is turned off at night or on in the morning.
- the unit may be adapted to require a sequence or combination of multiple sensor input activity from one or more devices in various locations before establishing that occupancy exists. This functions to reduce the effects of noise that may be present in the environment the unit is operative in.
- the ambient light task 322 functions to measure the ambient light level and output the corresponding lux value.
- the ambient light task 322 implements the ambient light functionality of the unit utilizing the LUX output of the ambient light sensor circuitry 196 ( FIG. 20 ).
- the ambient light level task functions to maintain a particular lux level within an area, if the user enables this mode.
- the task receives ambient light sensor data from an ambient light sensor bound to it over the network.
- the ambient light sensor periodically sends lux reading updates to the ambient light level task.
- the lux level to be maintained is provided by the user.
- the ambient light level task operates in conjunction with the occupancy sensor device and its related occupancy task. If an occupancy sensor detects motion, for example, the lights are controlled in accordance with the current ambient light level reading. If the light level is greater than or equal to the current maintenance lux level setting, then the lights are not turned on. If, on the other hand, the light level is greater than or equal to the current maintain lux level setting, then the light is turned on in accordance with the Lighting Priority Order described above.
- the ambient light sensor has the ability to detect different light levels and is self calibrated via the intrinsic gain in each device.
- the sensors can be calibrated in the field by taking two ambient light readings and entering the values into a network management tool that would then adjust the processing algorithm to produce a more accurate reading.
- the ambient light task receives light level data from the ambient light sensor and transmits the lux readings to all devices bound to it over the network.
- the standard network variable SNVT_lux can be employed in the implementation of the ambient light task.
- the light sensor object may input one or more parameters.
- the parameters may include the following:
- the ambient light sensor circuitry operates with an offset.
- a light level of zero lux generates approximately 1.6 V at the output of the A/D converter.
- the sensor and its housing are adapted to be sensitive to changes in light intensity on tabletops within the area to be covered.
- the cover (lens) positioned over the sensor so that light enters via the aperture 26 ( FIG. 1 ) in the switch cover. This arrangement, however, functions to attenuate the light even more. Thus, an offset and a correction factor must be applied to values read from the sensor.
- lux_value conversion_factor ⁇ 1000 ⁇ ( average - offset ) ⁇ ( max ⁇ ( LUX ) max ⁇ ( average ) ⁇ 1000 )
- the above equation yields a LUX value in the range of 0 to 2,500 lux.
- a user can supply a reflection coefficient that can be factored into the calculation of the lux value.
- the reflection coefficient is expressed as a number in the range of +/ ⁇ 3.0.
- the lux value calculated using the equation above is multiplied by the reflection coefficient to yield a lux value compensated for reflections.
- a linearity correction (slope offset correction adjustment or calibration factor) can be applied which typically varies from room to room. Two light readings are taken, one in bright light and the other in dim light. Two sets of readings are taken: one using the unit 150 and the other set using an external sensor. The system installer can perform this procedure at the time the system is initially installed.
- FIG. 28 A diagram illustrating the relationship between the actual and measured lux versus light intensity is shown in FIG. 28 .
- the linearity correction procedure described above compensates for this slope offset.
- the temperature task 324 functions to read the TEMP signals generated by the temperature sensor circuitry 198 ( FIG. 21 ).
- the TEMP value is converted to digital by the A/D converter 188 and read into the controller 190 .
- the temperature sensor circuitry is adapted to output a TEMP value corresponding to a temperature in the range of 0 to 50° C. Assuming an A/D with 0 to 5 V output range, a temperature of 25° C. corresponds approximately to 2.5 V at the output of the A/D converter.
- temperature_value 1000 ⁇ TEMP ⁇ ( 2500 2100 ⁇ 1000 )
- the nonlinearity of the temperature sensor can be corrected for by applying a calibration correction using slope and offset adjustments in similar fashion as the occupancy task described above.
- the temperature sensor object may input one or more parameters.
- the parameters may include the following:
- the temperature sensor and software include an offset calibration value that can be employed to calibrate the temperature sensor. Also, the speed at which the temperature value is sent over the network can be increased or decreased.
- FIG. 29 A flow diagram illustrating the portion of the software used to read the temperature sensor in more detail is shown in FIG. 29 .
- This process is performed on a periodic bases, e.g., every 100 ms.
- An average temperature reading is calculated every 10 cycles, i.e., once a second, in order to reduce the effect of transients and random fluctuations.
- step 330 it is checked whether the OUTPUT_TEMP flag is set. This flag is set true at the end of a cycle of 10 readings. If the flag is true, then the accumulated temperature variable TEMP_VALUE is reset to zero (step 332 ), the counter TEMP_COUNT is reset to zero (step 334 ) and the OUTPUT_TEMP flag is cleared (step 336 ).
- step 338 a temperature reading is input from the A/D converter (step 338 ).
- the value read in is added to TEMP_VALUE (step 340 ).
- the counter TEMP_COUNT is incremented (step 342 ).
- the TEMP_SENSOR flag is set (step 346 ). If 10 temperature values have not yet been read in, the process ends. Note that depending on the controller used to implement the invention, the count may exceed 10 such as when the event scheduler internal to the controller could not service the event fast enough due to high loading.
- FIGS. 30A and 30B A flow diagram illustrating the process temperature value portion of the software in more detail is shown in FIGS. 30A and 30B .
- This routine is performed whenever the TEMP_SENSOR flag is set.
- the temperature readings are averaged by dividing TEMP_VALUE by TEMP_COUNT (step 350 ).
- the OUTPUT_TEMP flag is set so that a new set of readings can be accumulated (step 352 ).
- the digital number obtained for the average is converted to an equivalent number in degrees Celsius (step 353 ).
- one or more slope, offset and corrective algorithm adjustments are then performed (step 354 ).
- T D T C ⁇ T P (step 355 ).
- the new current temperature is averaged to a predefined number of readings at a predefined interval taken over a given time period (step 357 ). The average is stored as a new uncalibrated temperature (step 358 ).
- a TEMP_OFFSET update has been received over the network (step 359 ). If so, a new calibration offset temperature value is calculated (step 360 ). If no update has been received, the current temperature is calculated using the calibration offset (step 362 ).
- a ‘fast change algorithm’ can be employed which functions to recognize a rapid rate of change of temperature at the sensor, e.g., more than 15 degrees per 10 seconds.
- the rapid temperature change may either be due to someone placing their finger on the sensor, applying a heat gun, applying a cold compress or may be due to flames from a fire.
- the software routine in response the detection of a rapid rate of change in temperature, can either send a warning message over the network or ignore the change in temperature, regarding it as an artificial heat/cold source.
- the device can be programmed to respond either way, i.e., sending temperature data over the network and having it acted upon or internally filtering it out and ignoring it.
- the actual temperature value may or may not be sent depending on the configuration setup of the device. For example, if it is a false influence, the rapid change in temperature should be ignored and not displayed on the network or a local display, e.g., LCD display.
- the previous temperature is compared to the current temperature. If the difference is too large per a specific time interval, then the method continues with step 374 . If not, the method continues with step 364 .
- the temperature reading just calculated is compared with the previous reading. If the difference is greater than a threshold (step 364 ) then the current temperature is transmitted over the network (step 366 ). If the difference is less than or equal to the threshold, the temperature is transmitted over the network (step 370 ) if the TEMP_TIMER timer expired (step 368 ). The timer is then reset (step 372 ).
- the previous temperature is set equal to the current temperature (step 374 ) and the TEMP_SENSOR flag is cleared (step 376 ).
- FIG. 31 A flow diagram illustrating the set point adjustment portion of the software in more detail is shown in FIG. 31 .
- the user interacts with the temperature set point adjustment features of the device via the up and down buttons 43 ( FIG. 1 ). If either set point button is pressed for more than a predetermined time interval, e.g., 3 seconds (step 580 ), the currently configured set point is displayed (step 582 ). At this point, if either set point button is pressed (step 584 ), the current set point is incremented or decremented depending on which set point button was pressed (step 586 ). If neither set point button is pressed for longer than a predefined length of time, e.g., 10 seconds (step 588 ), the display shows the current temperature (step 590 ).
- a predetermined time interval e.g. 3 seconds
- FIG. 32 A flow diagram illustrating the thermostat portion of the software in more detail is shown in FIG. 32 .
- This routine is run on a continuously basis and may be adapted to run in the LonWorks programming and operating environment.
- the method may be implemented by creating one or more events that are periodically monitored. When an occurrence is detected, the corresponding procedure is executed.
- the current temperature reading is compared to the currently configured set point (step 600 ). If the current temperature has fallen below or risen above a predefined range or difference, e.g., +/ ⁇ 1.5 degrees Celsius (step 610 ), then cooling, heating and/or a fan is turned on (step 612 ) and a hold timer is set (step 614 ). Note that in this step and the steps that follow, the cooling, heating and fan can be controlled by a variety of ways, such as the following alone or in combination: via one or more network updates, via a relay toggle wherein the relay is integral with the device or is situated remotely on the network.
- a predefined range or difference e.g., +/ ⁇ 1.5 degrees Celsius
- step 610 If the current temperature falls within the predefined range or difference, e.g., +/ ⁇ 1.5 degrees Celsius (step 610 ), then cooling, heating and/or a fan is turned off (step 632 ) and a hold timer is stopped (step 634 ).
- the predefined range or difference e.g., +/ ⁇ 1.5 degrees Celsius
- step 616 it is checked whether the current temperature has fallen below or risen above a predefined range, e.g., +/ ⁇ 1.5 degree Celsius (step 618 ). If it has, cooling, heating and/or a fan is turned off (step 620 ) and a wait timer is set (step 622 ).
- a predefined range e.g., +/ ⁇ 1.5 degree Celsius
- step 624 it is checked whether the temperature has fallen below or risen above a predefined range (step 626 ), e.g., +/ ⁇ 1.5 degrees Celsius. If it has, control continues with step 612 and the cooling, heating and/or fan is turned on.
- a predefined range e.g., +/ ⁇ 1.5 degrees Celsius.
- FIG. 33 A flow diagram illustrating the fast change portion of the software in more detail is shown in FIG. 33 .
- the temperature is first calculated (step 640 ) and then stored as a fast change temperature value (step 642 ).
- a fast change timer is then set (step 644 ). When the fast change timer expires (step 646 ), the stored fast change temperature is compared to the current temperature (step 648 ).
- step 650 If the temperature difference falls below or above a predefined range (step 650 ), e.g., 15 degrees Celsius, then do not update the temperature value and send a warning message via the network and/or set a beeping signal at a slow interval (step 652 ).
- a fast change timer is then set (step 654 ).
- a predefined alert temperature e.g., 50 degrees Celsius
- the humidity task 323 is operative to periodically sense the current humidity level via the HUM. signal output of the humidity sensor circuit 199 .
- the humidity reading measured can be displayed locally and/or transmitted to a remote location via the network, such as to a central monitoring station.
- the relay task 313 functions to control the on and off state of the one or more relays connected to the unit.
- Each relay has an associated relay driver circuit 490 ( FIG. 24 ) and a relay load.
- the relay task may respond, i.e., be bound, to various network variables.
- the relay task may be suitably programmed to respond to settings of an ON/AUTO/OFF switch on a switch or dimming device. If the switching input value is set to on, then the relay is turned on regardless of the setting of a bound occupancy sensor device or other sensor device.
- the relay task would respond by turning the relay on provided that the control unit is not in the inhibited sate (described in more detail hereinbelow).
- the relay would stay on, regardless of the state of other bound sensor devices such as occupancy sensor devices.
- the relay task also responds to the on/off commands from a bound switch device, turning the relay on and off accordingly.
- the relay load is controlled by the sensors bound to it over the network.
- the relay task 313 also comprises means of controlling the relay load locally via one or more switch integral to the device.
- the relay task is adapted to optionally control the relay load in response to various sensors within the device, e.g., temperature, humidity, motion, ambient light.
- the dimming task 326 implements the dimming functionality of the unit and functions to control a dimming load connected to a control unit or other dimming device directly or via the network.
- the unit 150 is connected to the network and bound to one or more control units. Brighten and dim commands are generated by the dimming task and transmitted onto the network. In response, the dimming task in the corresponding control units brightens or dims its associated dimming load accordingly.
- a network may utilize a plurality of dimming sensors and a control unit coupled to a logical dimming load.
- the plurality of dimming sensors is bound to the control unit via the network.
- the logical dimming load represented by one or more physical dimming electrical loads, is connected to the control unit.
- the control unit may be adapted to control any number of logical or physical dimming loads.
- a feedback signal is bound from the control unit to each of the units 150 . It is also the intent of the invention to allow for the dimming element and software to be incorporated within the sensor device 110 as well. That is, the control unit described above was described as a separate device for illustration purposes only, i.e., as an illustration of how the loads can be dimmed, and does not necessarily have to be constructed as a separate device.
- the brightness level is adjusted by pressing a switch 28 ( FIG. 1 ), 122 , 124 ( FIG. 9 ), 123 , 125 ( FIG. 10 ). Pressing on the switch increases the brightness level by an incremental amount, e.g., 1 ⁇ 2 or 1 full unit of resolution if the feedback equals zero.
- a command is sent from the unit to the control unit that it is bound to.
- the switch is pressed again which causes a command to be sent to the control unit instructing it to dim the load bound to it.
- the single switch performs either on/off control or brighten/dim control.
- On two-switch units on/off and brighten/dim control are provided for each load.
- Unit 110 FIG. 10
- Unit 110 alternatively uses two switches (an up and a down) to control single dimming load.
- the control unit preferably sends the feedback information after each command is received. For example, feedback may be sent to all the bound unit 200 ms after the last command related to the light level is received.
- the dimming task 326 also functions to control a dimming load that is connected to the device itself utilizing the dimming circuitry 510 , 530 ( FIGS. 25 and 26 ).
- the above description of the dimming functions apply with the difference that commands are not sent over the network but the local dimming circuits are actuated directly.
- the dimming task 326 also comprises a ballast dimming capability which functions similarly to the dimming function described above but is adapted to control fluorescent lights.
- the ballast dimming circuit 510 ( FIG. 25 ) outputs a 0 to 10 V signal that is input to an electronic ballast. In response to the level of the signal, the light level of the fluorescent lamp is set accordingly.
- the relay and 0 to 10 V dinuning ballast functions can be used together to provide approximately 0 to 99.9% dimming and then a positive off by opening the relay.
- the light bar underneath the user interface rocker switch or touch sensitive screen or plate is illuminated to the appropriate level indicating the relative lighting level in the room.
- the power on/off task 328 functions to control the on and off control of a relay in the control unit that is bound to the unit.
- the task functions similarly to the dimming task, with the difference being that the load is turned off and on rather than dimmed and brightened.
- the on/off control of a load also may include binding a feedback variable to all the dimmer/switch units bound to a particular load connected to the control unit.
- Each relay in the control unit has an associated relay driver circuit and a relay load.
- the task may respond, i.e., be bound, to various network variables and/or other input.
- the task may be suitably programmed to respond to settings of the ON/AUTO/OFF mode switch 160 ( FIG. 14 ) on the unit. If the mode is set to on, then the relay is turned on regardless of the setting of a bound occupancy sensor device or other sensor device. Thus, if a user turns the switch to the ON position, the task functions to transmit a command to the control unit to turn the relay on (provided that the control unit is not in the inhibited sate).
- the relay would stay on, regardless of the state of other bound sensor devices such as occupancy sensor devices.
- the task also responds to the on/off commands from the switch 28 ( FIG. 1 ); 122 , 124 ( FIG. 9 ), turning the relay on and off accordingly.
- the relay load is controlled by switch closures on the unit 150 via variables bound to it over the network.
- the California Title 24 task 329 functions to modify the operation of the power on/off and dimming tasks. This task prevents the relay or dimming load from turning on when there is sufficient light. Thus, the occupancy sensor or switch input sensor bound to the relay or dimming load attached to the control unit will not be able to turn the respective load on. In addition, if a sensor has already turned the load on, a switch input can only turn them off but not back on.
- the lights will not turn on or brighten to a ‘turn on’ or brighten command from a unit bound to the light.
- the lights will not turn on if there is sufficient light in the room.
- the lights may only be turned on via the occupancy sensor circuitry detecting motion.
- a user may, however, dim the lights and turn them off via a switch.
- a user may brighten the lights but they will immediately dim in accordance with the light harvesting setting, if light harvesting is active. If light harvesting is not active, attempting to brighten and/or turn the lights on via a switch will have no effect.
Abstract
A multifunction sensor device which provides various transducer functions including means for performing temperature sensing, humidity sensing, ambient light sensing, motion detection, thermostat functions, switching functions, load switching and dimming functions, displaying actual and set temperature values, displaying time of day values and a means to put the device in an on, off or auto mode. The device has utility in environments such as that found in offices, schools, homes, industrial plants or any other type of automated facility in which sensors are utilized for energy monitoring and control, end user convenience or artificial or natural cooling, heating and HVAC control. The device can be used as a switch or dimmer, sensor or thermostat as well as to adjust and control all natural and artificial lighting, temperature and humidity devices. Key elements of the invention include overcoming the difficulty of mounting diverse sensors or transducers within the same device or housing; permitting these various sensors to exist in a single package that can be mounted to a wall in a substantially flush manner; and eliminating the requirement of an air flow channel in the device, thus minimizing any adverse effects on the motion detecting element or sensor as well as providing built in partial hysteresis. The device may include additional transducers or sensors and is constructed such that the temperature and humidity sensors are neither exposed to the flow of air in a room or area nor in an airflow channel whereby a chimney effect may occur. The device can transmit and receive real time data, relative data and actual discrete data in addition to switching and controlling loads locally or remotely. An embodiment utilizing airflow channels to direct air over the temperature and humidity sensors is also disclosed.
Description
- This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/085,814, filed May 18, 1998.
- The present invention relates generally to the field of electrical sensors and more particularly to a network based multi-function sensor and control device suitable for sensing motion, temperature, humidity and ambient light, setting and controlling temperature and control relay and ballast loads and which includes blinder devices for reducing nuisance tripping of the device.
- Today, automation systems are being installed in more and more buildings, including both new construction and in structures that are being rebuilt. The incentives for putting automation systems into a building are numerous. High on the list are reduced operating costs, more efficient use of energy, simplified control of building systems, ease of maintenance and of effecting changes to the systems. Facility managers would prefer to install systems that can interoperate amongst each other. Interoperability is defined by different products, devices and systems for different tasks and developed by different manufacturers, being able to be linked together to form flexible, functional control networks.
- An example of a typical automation system includes lighting controls, HVAC systems, security systems, fire alarm systems and motor drives all possibly provided by different manufacturers. It is desirable if these separate disparate systems can communicate and operate with each other.
- Prior art automation systems generally comprised closed proprietary equipment supplied by a single manufacturer. With this type of proprietary system, the installation, servicing and future modifications of the component devices in the system were restricted to a single manufacturer's product offering and technical capability. In addition, it was very difficult or impossible to integrate new technology developed by other manufacturers. If technology from other manufactures could be integrated, it was usually too costly to consider.
- Thus, it is desirable to create an open control system whereby individual sensors, processors and other components share information among one another. A few of the benefits of using an open system include reduced energy costs, increased number of design options for the facility manager, lower design and installation costs since the need for customized hardware and software is greatly reduced and since star configuration point to point wiring is replaced by shared media and lastly, system startup is quicker and simpler.
- In addition, expansion and modification of the system in the future is greatly simplified. New products can be introduced without requiring major system redesign or reprogramming.
- An integral part of any automation control system are the sensors and transducers used to gather data on one or more physical parameters such as temperature and motion. It would be desirable if a plurality of sensor functions could be placed in a single device, fit in a standard single wall box opening and be able to communicate with one or more control units, i.e., processing nodes, on the control network.
- The number and types of sensors in this device could be many including multiple, dual or singular occupancy and security sensing via means including passive infrared, ultrasonic, RF, audio or sound or active infrared. In addition, other multiple or singular transducers may be employed such as temperature sensor, relative humidity sensor, ambient light sensor, CO sensor, smoke sensor, security sensor, air flow sensors, switches, etc.
- The utility of such a multifunction sensor can best be described by an example. In order to minimize the number of unique devices that are installed in a room, it is desirable to have a sensor device reliably perform as many functions as possible as this reduces the wiring costs as well as the number of devices required to be installed on the walls of the room. Additionally, from an aesthetic point of view, architects are under increasing demand by their clients to reduce the number of unique sensor nodes in any given room.
- Further, it is also desirable to have these transducers or sensors communicate with a microprocessor or microcontroller that can be used to enhance the application of the transducer. This may be accomplished by providing the necessary A/D functions, including sensitivity and range adjustments of the transducer functions, and also by enabling the sensed information to be communicated over a bus or other media using a suitable protocol.
- Further, calibration, either in the field or the factory could be employed to generate either a relative or real absolute temperature reading. Further, the control of any HVAC equipment could be performed either locally at the sensor node or at a remote location. Also, the sensor devices could be used to control the lights in and outside the room and building, control the HVAC controls in and outside the room and building, send signals to or control the fire alarm and security alarm systems, etc.
- It is also desirable to enable the device to communicate using any of the standard protocols already in use such as Echelon LonWorks, CEBus, X10, BACNet, CAN, etc. Some examples of the media include twisted pair, power line carrier, optical fiber, RF, coaxial, etc.
- The device thus preferably can transmit data or commands, receive data or commands, activate and switch local or remote loads or control devices, use and/or generate real time or relative readings, be calibrated externally in an automatic self adjusting way, calibrated externally or via an electronic communications link. The ability to communicate over a network allows the user or network manager the flexibility to set light levels, temperature and humidity levels in the building to desired levels either for maximizing the energy savings or for the occupants comfort or convenience or for some combination of the two.
- Additionally, the device preferably is able to minimize or eliminate effects from its internal circuitry that may interfere with the temperature reading of the temperature sensor.
- Also, the device preferably has the ability to detect if there are adverse air flows emanating from the mounting hole in the wall or other surface which could cause erroneous temperature and humidity measurements.
- It is desirable if the device is mounted in a location that is exposed to the air in the environment of the room or area being monitored. The motion detector transducer and sensor circuit is preferably mounted in a manner such that it is not exposed to (1) the air flow from the environment being monitored and (2) the air flow which may be created when the device is mounted in or on a hole in the wall. Further, the hole in the wall is often created when the device is mounted on a wall in a home or office building. The hole may function to create a chimney effect given the right conditions. It is thus desirable to mount the temperature sensor in a way which offers some shielding or insulation from direct exposure to heating or air ducts as well as any other undesirable heating or cooling sources such as direct sunlight, fans, HVAC ducts, etc.
- The present invention is a multifunction sensor and thermostat device that provides various transducer functions and the ability to control temperature. In particular, the device comprises a means for performing temperature sensing and control, humidity sensing, ambient light sensing, motion detection, switching, relay control, dimming functions and a means to put the device in an on, off or auto mode. The device can optionally employ a cool/off/heat and fan on/auto switch that places the heating and cooling equipment in the appropriate state. Alternatively, it can perform these functions over the network via software control. Additionally, the device can also interface with master or slave thermostats and can turn on and off all types of fans (including ceiling and tabletop fans), heating units and cooling units. The device can also be linked to the on/off ‘kill’ switch commonly used for boilers and hot water heaters. This ensures that the heating unit stays off in the summer months. Such a device has utility in environments such as that found in offices, schools, homes, industrial plants or any other type of automated facility in which sensors are utilized for energy monitoring and control, end user convenience or HVAC control.
- Key elements of the present invention include (1) overcoming the difficulty of mounting diverse sensors or transducers within the same device or housing, (2) permitting these various sensors to exist in a single package that can be mounted to a wall in a substantially flush manner, (3) an embodiment that eliminates the requirement of an air flow channel in the device, thus minimizing any adverse effects on the motion detecting element or sensor as well as providing built in partial hysteresis and practical latency, and (4) an embodiment that utilizes an air flow channel in the device for drawing air over a temperature sensor and/or humidity sensor.
- A prime objective of the present invention is to provide a flush or surface mounted temperature, humidity and motion detection sensor in a single device. The device may include additional transducers or sensors and, in one alternative embodiment, is constructed such that the temperature and humidity sensors are neither exposed to the flow of air in a room or area nor in an airflow channel whereby a chimney effect may occur. To avoid these conditions from occurring, the temperature and humidity sensing elements are placed in a cavity that is coupled to the environment. Thus, the temperature and humidity of the air in the cavity changes via diffusion with the temperature and humidity in the surrounding environment. In addition, the temperature and humidity sensing elements, e.g., passive or active infrared sensor, is mounted so as to be shielded from exposure to direct sunlight and so as not to be exposed to a flow of air from the environment being monitored.
- Further, the vents provided for the temperature and humidity sensing element function as a baffle to provide hysteresis. The hysteresis provides additional utility for the device in that the temperature and humidity sensing elements are mounted within, beneath, part of, or on the housing in such a way that the chimney effects due to airflow in the wall or from heating or cooling ducts nearby are reduced or eliminated in a fashion that is similar to a ‘smoothing’ or softening affect and can be adjusted mechanically and/or electronically through hardware or software such that the hysteresis can be ‘settable’ to any achievable value and could even approach zero hysteresis if desired. Note that the temperature and humidity sensor modules can be incorporated in a flush mount device, wall or surface mount device or ceiling device. Further, since an air channel is not required or used the device can be mounted flush in a single or multiple gang electrical box.
- Another objective of the present invention is to provide a means of temperature sensing utilizing multiple technologies including RTD, PRTD, thermisters, digital temperature sensors, PWM sensors, silicon sensors, capacitive and polymer sensors, etc. One or more sensors can be used in the circuits that are coupled to a microprocessor or microcontroller. The sensor is positioned in a modular temperature chamber that permits the temperature sensor to acclimate to the ambient air temperature in the surrounding environment. Access to the temperature sensor is simply achieved by removal of a cover or panel without the need for special tools.
- Another objective of the present invention is to provide a means of humidity sensing utilizing one or more technologies including the Dunmore Sensor, polymer capacitive type, carbon type, digital humidity sensors, automatic chilled mirror type sensors, silicon sensors, oxide and IR hygrometer sensors, etc. One or more sensors can be used in the circuits that are coupled to a microprocessor or microcontroller. The sensor is positioned in a modular temperature chamber that permits the humidity sensor to acclimate to the ambient air conditions in the surrounding environment. Access to the humidity sensor is simply achieved by removal of a cover or panel without the need for special tools.
- The microcontroller is utilized to provide the capability of transmitting and receiving real time data, relative data and actual discrete data in addition to switching and controlling loads locally or remotely. Data can be sent and received from other devices that are part of the distributed or centralized control system wherein devices communicate with each other using standard protocols such as Echelon LonWorks, CEBus, X10, BACNet, CAN, etc. The media utilized may comprise twisted pair, power line carrier, RF, optical fiber, coaxial, etc.
- The device also has the capability of self-calibration of the sensors under either local or remote control. For example, if the device is exposed to two different known temperatures, then the equation of a line including the slope and relative offset connecting the two points can be generated. This procedure can be performed once and either actual or relative readings can be calibrated within the operating range of the device. In addition, points can be recorded and used to provide additional accuracy or to extend the range of the temperature sensor. Further, a piece-wise linear, logarithmic or other arithmetic equation and look up table can be generated which is used to linearize the accuracy or sensitivity of the temperature sensing element and associated circuitry and to provide for sensing over a larger temperature or humidity range. In addition, local test resistors or potentiometers can be used to adjust the range, sensitivity or accuracy of the sensor. A similar procedure can be used for calibration of the humidity sensor.
- Another key element of one alternative embodiment presented herein, is that the temperature and humidity sensors do not have airflow channel that permits air to circulate through the sensor module housing. Rather, the device has a passive alcove or cavity that acclimates to the ambient air temperature and humidity through the process of diffusion. In addition, the device incorporates a vent that permits any heat generated by electronics or components to escape without adversely affecting the temperature sensor and passive infrared sensor. In addition, this permits any chimney effects generated by the hole in the wall to be measured by the device.
- The device incorporates a temperature sensor transducer and sensing circuit that is mounted in the sensor device housing in a location that is exposed to the air in the room but not to air circulating internally within the device housing. A passive or active infrared sensor or ultrasonic sensor is also mounted within the device housing with or without an insulating layer of material or conformal coating located such that it is not adversely affected by the venting of heat generating components or the chimney effects generated by the mounting hole and the vent.
- The device also comprises airflow vents on the top of the device housing to provide a venting means for any components that generate heat within the device. These vents also provide airflow from the mounting hole or the channel between the studs commonly found behind a wall within a building or wall. This flow of air provides for additional cooling of heat generating components in the device and ensures that the temperature and motion detection sensors are not adversely effected by this airflow.
- Optionally, a sensor could be used to measure this air flow which could subsequently be used for building maintenance purposes, i.e., to notify the building owner of the location of air leaks within the walls of the building. Note that in most buildings, insulation is placed in the wall of a building to reduce the hot or cold air losses thus saving utility expenses. In this case, the device can be used to detect and measure the airflow that occurs in a wall and notify building personnel that a wall in which the device is mounted does not have adequate insulation and/or is not properly sealed. The vents could also be provided on any other surface of the device including opposite side surfaces or the bottom of the housing to provide additional or alternate venting.
- In another embodiment, the device provides airflow channels that connect vents on the outer surface of the device to the chamber housing the temperature and humidity sensing elements. Airflow is directed into the wide vents on the outer surface, over the temperature and humidity sensing elements and up the channels to exits from the vent opening on the upper portion of the device.
- The device also may include provisions for surface wiring and various types of mounting means. Included as well is an optional positive screw mounting. The mounting means could be directly on a wall, on a modular furniture channel or on or in a single gang wall box. The electrical connections can be made using flying leads, terminal blocks, binding screws, or an RJ-11 or RJ-45 jack.
- A lens is positioned in front of the infrared detector to focus infrared radiation and to prevent the ambient air from entering the device either from the temperature and humidity chamber or the heat vent. The lens may or may not include blinders.
- Optionally, the front PC board containing the passive infrared transducer and the temperature and humidity sensors is installed using a layer of glue, foam or other gasket material to isolate the temperature and humidity sensor transducers and the infiared sensor from the back boards and the air channel created by the heat vent and the hole in the wall.
- Optionally, two infrared sensing elements can be mounted on the same side of the printed circuit board. Partitioning of the two sensors can be performed arbitrarily as long as the passive infrared sensor is not exposed to erroneous air flows created by a natural or artificial air channel from the vents in the housing, the hole in the wall or the vents for the temperature chamber. Further, the motion sensing transducer is preferably not exposed to airflow or any other environmental conditions that could cause adverse behavior to the performance of the device. The temperature and humidity sensors are isolated with the absence of airflow over or around the infrared sensor. The housing is constructed such that it provides a chamber permitting the temperature and humidity to adjust naturally to the ambient air temperature and humidity to which it is exposed by the process of diffusion. This is accomplished by the use of the housing and a cover plate that is positioned over the temperature and humidity sensing elements. Foam or insulating material may optionally be used since the temperature and humidity elements are not in a channel where air is circulating, but rather is in an alcove chamber that acclimates to the environment.
- In another optional embodiment, the passive or active infrared and temperature and humidity sensors are on opposite sides of the printed circuit board or on different boards such that the air around the temperature and humidity sensors and the passive or active infrared sensor are isolated from one another by the nature of their location.
- The device may incorporate at least one vent on the face of the device to allow the ambient air outside to acclimate with that of the temperature and humidity chamber. Thus, the temperature and humidity sensors may be located centrally behind the vents or louvers or anywhere within the area. In addition, the sensitivity, range, response time and accuracy may be adjusted mechanically, via the use of different housing and vent shapes and materials and also by electronic means. The vents are also constructed to be a protective cage for the sensors. Grooves in the plastic and other means can be used to hold and/or align the sensors as well.
- Further, the device may incorporate adjustable louvers or vents over the temperature and humidity sensors to create a baffle or regulator to adjust how quickly or slowly the temperature and humidity transducers will adjust to the ambient air. Also, the sensitivity, range, response time and accuracy can be adjusted by adapting the layout, position and design of the vents or louvers. It is also within the scope of the invention that mechanical or electronic means may be provided that open or close shutters on the vents over the temperature and humidity sensors.
- Optionally, the device may incorporate fixed vents over the temperature and humidity sensors that create a fixed baffle or regulator thus determining a fixed means for how quickly or slowly the temperature and humidity transducers will adjust to the ambient air. The sensitivity, range, response time and accuracy, however, can still be adjusted by using different materials, thickness and shapes and by locating the sensor in different locations and orientations.
- In another optional embodiment the device does not incorporate any vents and the temperature sensors is attached to the cover. In this case, the outside ambient air will be measured by measuring the inside surface temperature of the cover or plate. Therefore, the temperature sensing transducer is not directly exposed to any outside air. Also, the sensitivity, range, response time and accuracy may be adjusted using different materials, thickness and shapes and by locating the sensors in different locations or orientations.
- In yet another optional embodiment of the invention the device does not incorporate vents and the temperature sensor is mounted on the surface of the device or in an alcove and exposed directly to the air. The outside ambient air is measured by measuring the air temperature of the outside air. Therefore, the temperature sensing transducer is directly exposed to the outside air. In addition, the sensitivity, range, response time and accuracy may be adjusted using different materials, thickness and shapes and by locating the sensors in different locations or orientations.
- Also, heat sinks can be added or connected to the sensor body and/or the leads and brought out of the device so as to improve the overall temperature response of the transducer and the device.
- In still another optional embodiment of the invention the device does not incorporate vents and the temperature sensor comprises a cover on the device or a portion of the cover of the device and exposed directly to the air. The temperature-sensing element can also be either predominately outside, part of a cover or inside a cover of the device. This allows for very thin sensing materials to be used that are placed directly on the surface of the device, embedded in the layers of the cover of the device or predominately located on the inside portion of the cover of the device. The outside ambient air temperature is measured by measuring the air temperature of the outside air. Therefore, the temperature sensing transducer is directly exposed to the outside air.
- In addition, the sensitivity, range, response time and accuracy may be adjusted using different materials, thickness and shapes and by locating the sensors in different locations or orientations. Although the temperature sensing element and housing can take on various forms, some of the types are enclosed. A software algorithm can be optionally employed which functions to correct the hysteresis by adjusting the actual temperature reading and hence approximating the theoretical response of a highly calibrated thermocouple. Additionally, the algorithm can employ programmed undershoots, overshoots, delays, amplitude shifts and a variety of other signal manipulations.
- Additionally, since the temperature sensor may be exposed to the open air, a ‘fast change algorithm’ can be employed which functions to recognize a rapid rate of change of temperature at the sensor, e.g., more than 15 degrees per. 10 seconds or alternatively, that the slope, i.e., rate of change, of the temperature reading relative to time is greater or less than some absolute value. The rapid temperature change may either be due to someone placing their finger on the sensor, applying a heat gun, applying a cold compress or may be due to flames from a fire. The software routine, in response to the detection of a rapid rate of change in temperature, can either send a warning message over the network or ignore the change in temperature, regarding it as an artificial heat/cold source. The device can be programmed to respond either way, i.e., sending temperature data over the network and having it acted upon or internally filtering it out and ignoring it.
- Also, hardware and software can be employed to increase the sensitivity and accuracy of certain temperature and humidity ranges. For example, consider the temperature sensor circuitry having a temperature range of 0 to 50 degrees. Also, assume it is broken into segments that are piecewise linear, logarithmic or represented by some other mathematical relationship. For example, one range spans from 0 to 15 degrees C., another from 15 to 30 degrees C. and the last from 30 to 50 degrees C.
- To achieve increased accuracy within a span, for example, the 15 to 30 degree range, a user would select this range over the network and software means would provide greater resolution in that particular range while sacrificing some resolution in the other ranges. This allows for users to choose a certain temperature range to be processed at a higher accuracy and the other ranges to be monitored using less accuracy. This can be implemented via software and/or hardware by utilizing two different circuits, each having different accuracy's for the thermistor and different gains for the electronics.
- In another embodiment the cover over the temperature and humidity sensors is removable. The cover can be adapted to either require or not require a tool for removal. Alternatively, the cover can be fixably attached to the device. In either embodiment, the temperature and humidity sensing transducers and/or other components of the sensing circuits are in a socket which permits replacement with another transducer or component with different parameters. In addition, any local components such as potentiometers, switches, etc. requiring adjustment can be accessed, adjusted or changed.
- In one embodiment of the invention the software may be adapted to adjust the sensitivity, response time, accuracy, range, etc. of the temperature and humidity sensor elements and associated circuitries. In another embodiment, at least one air vent is provided which exposes both sides of the back PC board to the potential airflow generated when electrical components generate heat. In addition, the temperature and humidity chamber may be located in different parts of the device such as centrally or at the top or bottom.
- The device may be mounted using a variety of means. These include various mounting plate variations including mounting in a single or multiple gang box, mounting on or in the hole of a modular furniture channel, raceway, or being hung from underneath a fluorescent or incandescent fixture that is mounted on the desk, wall, floor or modular furniture and mounting on any other suitable surface. In addition, the device contains ‘mouse holes’ which allow surface wiring to exit the device.
- Another mounting option includes a hinged mounting bracket that permits the device to be mounted and electrically connected relatively easily. The mounting means uses either a positive locking screw or a snap fit. The positive locking screw option makes the device more tamperproof. The snap fit option provides a more aesthetically pleasing package.
- Another optional feature is the use of a press to release button to allow for the device to be easily removed from the wall. This allows for the device with its lighting and temperature sensor and controls to be removed from its fixed position on the wall and moved freely about the room. It can be placed in a more desirable location or can be used as a remote control as well as a regular wall mounted or table top switch or dimmer, sensor or thermostat as well as to adjust and control all natural and artificial lighting, temperature and humidity devices.
- The multi-sensor device of the present invention forms part of the network control system and generally comprises the following basic elements: (1) user interface and controls, (2) power supply and media connections, (3) communications media and protocol (4) load switching or dimming elements and (5) one or more sensor inputs.
- Additionally, functions can be performed which include some type of annunciation either by sound by using a buzzer or by sight by employing LEDs or controlling the lights in the room. For example, if the smoke detector transducer detects a fire, a buzzer could perform local annunciation. Alternatively, it could illuminate a visual indication or act as a ‘notification appliance,’ e.g., specially designed lights, LEDs, etc. for people that are hearing impaired. Also, a signal can be sent to a control unit or lamp actuator to flash one or more lights in the event that fire is detected for the benefit of the hearing impaired.
- The power supply component for some of the devices in the system may include means to operate from 100 to 347 VAC. This type of device supplies a nominal output voltage between 8 and 26 VDC and 8 to 24 VAC. Alternatively, the device may omit a power supply that converts utility power but rather is adapted to receive power from another device that does incorporate a power supply that operates from 100 to 347 VAC. The means for distributing the electrical power to other devices could be accomplished via any suitable means including twisted pair cabling, electrical power line cables or any other power carrying media.
- Another key feature of the system is a communications media and protocol that together form a communications network allowing messages to be communicated (1) between devices within the system and (2) between devices located within the system and devices located external to the system. The messages comprise, among other things, commands for controlling and/or monitoring signals. These messages could be tightly coupled, loosely coupled or of a macro broadcast nature. In addition, they may be one way simplex, half or full duplex bi-directional, with established priorities or without. The network communications medium may comprise, for example, twisted pair Category 5 cabling, coaxial cabling, a standard POTS line, power line carrier, optical fiber, RF or infrared. The medium may be common or it may be shared with the possibility of requiring the use of gateways, routing devices or any other appropriate network device for carrying data signals.
- Depending on the type of network medium in use in the system, the devices within the system include, within their housings, a slot that allows for the connection of a bus terminator. The bus terminator is typically an RC network that is connected to the device and serves to mechanically as well as electrically connect the device to the network communication line, e.g., twisted pair, coaxial, optical fiber, etc.
- Thus, the system is able to communicate to devices within the system to provide intrasystem control and monitoring as well as to communicate outside the system to provide intersystem control and monitoring. Data and/or commands are received and transmitted, real time relative readings can be received and transmitted, devices can be calibrated externally in an automatic self adjusting way or via a communication link over the network.
- The invention is herein described, by way of example only, with reference to the accompanying drawings, wherein:
-
FIG. 1 is a front view illustration of a first embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating PIR, temperature, humidity and ambient light sensors, thermostat control and a single switch; -
FIG. 2 is a perspective view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention shown inFIG. 1 ; -
FIG. 3 is a front view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention with the upper and lower covers removed; -
FIG. 4 is a perspective view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention with the upper and lower covers removed; -
FIG. 5A is a perspective view illustrating the upper portion of the sensor/thermostat unit in more detail wherein the PIR sensor blinds are in the open position; -
FIG. 5B is a cross sectional view illustrating the upper portion of the sensor/thermostat unit in more detail wherein the PIR sensor blinds are in the open position; -
FIG. 6A is a perspective view illustrating the upper portion of the sensor/thermostat unit in more detail wherein the PIR sensor blinds are in the closed position; -
FIG. 6B is a cross sectional view illustrating the upper portion of the sensor/thermostat unit in more detail wherein the PIR sensor blinds are in the closed position; -
FIG. 7 is a perspective view illustrating the temperature and humidity sensors and associated pedestal, housing and cover in more detail; -
FIG. 8A is a perspective view illustrating the temperature and humidity sensor pedestal in more detail; -
FIG. 8B is a side cross section view of the temperature and humidity sensor pedestal; -
FIG. 9 is a front view illustration of a second embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating two switches and having the upper and lower covers in place; -
FIG. 10 is a front view illustration of a third embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating two switches and having the upper and lower covers in place; -
FIG. 11 is a perspective view illustration of a fourth embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention, a surface mount sensor/thermostat unit incorporating a single switch and having the upper and lower covers in place; -
FIG. 12 is a front view illustration of a fifth embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating temperature and humidity sensors in an air flow chamber, air flow channels, thermostat functions and a single switch; -
FIG. 13 is a front view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit ofFIG. 12 with the switch cover plate removed; -
FIG. 14 is a rear view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit ofFIG. 12 showing the embedded air flow channels for channeling air over the temperature and humidity sensors; -
FIG. 15 is a front view illustration of a sixth embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating temperature and humidity sensors in a diffusion chamber, thermostat functions and a single switch; -
FIG. 16 is a front view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit ofFIG. 15 with the switch cover plate removed; -
FIG. 17 is a perspective view illustration of a seventh embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating a display, dimming brighten/dim control, temperature control and temperature/room brightness display; -
FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram illustrating the multifunction sensor and control unit of the present invention; -
FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram illustrating the motion sensor circuitry portion of the multi-sensor unit in more detail; -
FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram illustrating the ambient light sensor circuitry portion of the multi-sensor and control unit in more detail; -
FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram illustrating the temperature sensor circuitry portion of the multi-sensor and control unit in more detail; -
FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram illustrating the humidity sensor circuitry portion of the multi-sensor and control unit in more detail; -
FIG. 23 is a block diagram illustrating the communications transceiver portion of the multi-sensor and control unit in more detail; -
FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram illustrating the relay driver circuitry portion of the multi-sensor and control unit in more detail; -
FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram illustrating the ballast dimming circuitry portion of the multi-sensor and control unit in more detail; -
FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram illustrating the dimming circuitry portion of the multi-sensor and control unit in more detail; -
FIG. 27 is a block diagram illustrating the software portion of the multi-sensor unit in more detail; -
FIG. 28 is a diagram illustrating the relationship between the actual and measured lux versus light intensity; -
FIG. 29 is a flow diagram illustrating the read temperature sensor portion of the software in more detail; -
FIGS. 30A and 30B are a flow diagram illustrating the process temperature value portion of the software in more detail; -
FIG. 31 is a flow diagram illustrating the set point adjustment portion of the software in more detail; -
FIG. 32 is a flow diagram illustrating the thermostat portion of the software in more detail; and -
FIG. 33 is a flow diagram illustrating the fast change portion of the software in more detail. - The following notation is used throughout this document.
Term Definition AC Alternating Current BACNet Building Automation and Control Network (a data communication protocol) CAN Controller Area Network CEBus Consumer Electronics Bus CO Carbon Monoxide EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory EIA Electronic Industries Association HVAC Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning IR Infrared LED Light Emitting Diode PC Printed Circuit PIR Passive Infrared POTS Plain Old Telephone Service PRTD Platinum Resistance Temperature Detector PWM Pulse Width Modulation RAM Random Access Memory RC Resister/Capacitor RF Radio Frequency ROM Read Only Memory RTD Resistance Temperature Detector SNVT Standard Network Variable Type - The present invention comprises a multifunction sensor and control device incorporating a plurality of sensors, one or more switches, a switching dimming or 0-10 V dimming control and a thermostat function. The sensors comprise a motion detector, temperature sensor, humidity sensor and ambient light sensor. The motion detector may comprise any suitable type of device capable of detecting motion such as PIR, ultrasonic or microwave. The temperature sensor is exposed to the surrounding air via one of two ways: (1) being located within air flow channel set up within the device or (2) being located within a chamber sealed off from the rest of the device but exposed to the surrounding air via diffusion. In one embodiment, the passive infrared device used for motion detection is isolated from the air circulating for the purpose of temperature measurement by the use of a lens surrounding the motion detector. In addition, the temperature sensor is placed within a chamber isolated from the motion detector.
- The temperature and motion detection sensors may reside on the same or opposite sides of a PC board. If they reside on the same side a partition isolates the two transducers since the temperature sensor is required to have airflow while the passive infrared sensor should not.
- In one embodiment of the invention, the temperature and humidity sensors are in an air channel or exposed to airflow, i.e., there is a separate entrance and exit of air having an associated speed, direction and force. In another embodiment of the invention, no airflow channels are utilized. In this embodiment, the device employs the concept of temperature diffusion with natural or artificial hysteresis by being exposed to the ambient air and changing in a deliberately slower and lagging manner. This necessitates that no air channel or flow exists from one end of the device to the other.
- This embodiment does not require the channeled circulation or flow of air over the temperature sensor that can be analogized to the water flow in an aqueduct that flows in a directional manner with varying directions, speeds and volumes. This embodiment, on the other hand, measures temperature in a tidal fashion similar to the way the water in an ocean or harbor moves in and out from the shore. In other words, in one case air is flowing in a channel from one point to another similar to the way water flows in an aqueduct. In the case of this particular embodiment, the air moves in and out of the same opening like that of the rise and fall of the water in a harbor wherein the point of entry and exit for the air is the same.
- The phenomenon can also be described as the process of diffusion involving the intermingling of air molecules from outside the device and that of the air around the temperature sensor. Therefore, the temperature sensor and the passive infrared sensor could reside on the same or opposite sides of the PC board. The temperature and passive infrared elements, however, are required to be isolated from any erroneous air flow channels that may be present which could affect the accuracy of the measurements. Thus, the present invention provides a practical solution allowing temperature sensing and PIR motion sensing to reside in the same housing in a device that can be mounted in a single gang box.
- A front view illustration of a first embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating PIR, temperature, humidity and ambient light sensors, thermostat control and a single switch is shown in
FIG. 1 . The device, generally referenced 10, comprises ahousing 14 connected to a mountingplate 12 via one or more fasteners throughapertures 35. Thehousing 14 comprises an aperture covered by a lens orwindow 16. The aperture is used to house an occupancy sensor, e.g., passive infrared sensor (PIR). Note that the occupancy sensor may comprise one or more PIR detectors, e.g., dual PIR detectors. - An
upper cover 18, which may or may not be removable, is positioned below the motiondetection element lens 16. Making thecover 18 removable permits access to adjusting levers or blinds within the device that can be used to adjust the field of view of the PIR detectors in the device. - Below the
cover 18 is adisplay 41 for displaying information such as temperature, status, commands or other type of data including but not limited to the time of day including whether it is AM or PM and a timer display letting the occupant know when the lights will time out. The display may comprise any suitable display type such as LCD, LED, plasma, etc and may or may not be backlit. Below thedisplay 41 are twobuttons 43 for inputting information into thedevice 10. One button is configured as an up arrow and the other button is configured as a down arrow. These buttons could be used for example to set the desired temperature using the thermostat feature of the present invention. - A
lower cover 28 functioning as a switch cover or plate having a raisedbar portion 32 is located below thedisplay 41 and up/downarrow buttons 43. The switch is used to control a logical load that the device is bound to or one of the internal load switching or dimming elements. The logical load comprises one or more physical electrical loads. When pressed, a message is sent to the control device connected to the load to be switched. The message is interpreted and the control device carries out any required action. Note that the switch in this and all embodiments disclosed herein may comprise any suitable switch including but not limited to a mechanical pushbutton type switch, electrical rocker type switch, mechanical rocker type switch and an electronic switch such as a touch plate or screen. - An
aperture 26 is located within theswitch cover 28 and may optionally include a transparent or translucent window or light pipe therewithin. Theaperture 26 provides visual access to a visual indicator such as an LED. The visual indicator is used to provide feedback to the user, e.g., in connection with the status of the bound logical electrical load or the status of occupancy as determined by the PIR sensor. Theaperture 26 also provides a light path for an optional ambient light sensor. The ambient light sensor measures the ambient light level that may be used in determining the intensity of light to provide in the surrounding area. - The
device 10 also comprises aswitch 30 that provides the user a means for placing the device into one or more modes. Typically, theswitch 30 comprises three positions: ON, AUTO and OFF. The ON position turns the logical load on regardless of other inputs, the AUTO position lets the load be controlled by one or more sensor inputs and the OFF position turns the load off regardless of the state of the sensor inputs. - The
device 10 also incorporates an aperture, vent orgrill 22 that functions to allow air to diffuse through to an inner chamber housing thetemperature sensor 48 andhumidity sensor 49. -
Apertures 33 at the top and bottom of the mountingplate 12 provide a means by which the device may be installed in a single or multiple gang wallbox. Apertures are also included to permit a cover plate (not shown) to be mounted over the device after it is installed in a wallbox. - When the
device 10 is installed, for example in a wall, the hole in the wall required for the passage of wiring can either blow or suck air due to the chimney effect. The housing comprises openings in specific places, e.g., only on the top, so as to direct any potential airflow through an area that will not impact the operation of the electronic circuitry. If openings are placed on the top and bottom or not provided at all, this causes air to find its way in or out of the device through incidental openings in the face. This would cause air to flow over the electronic circuitry thus giving false readings, positive or negative. - A perspective view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention shown in
FIG. 1 is shown inFIG. 2 . A large portion of thehousing 14 is shown including thefasteners 35 for connecting the mountingplate 12 onto thehousing 14. Shown are theoccupancy sensor lens 16,upper cover 18 permitting access to the adjustable blinders within,display 41, up/downbuttons 43, switch cover 28 including raisedbar 32 andlight pipe 26, vent oraperture 22 for permitting the diffusion of air to the temperature and humidity sensors andapertures 33 for affixing the device in single or multiple gang wallbox. Note that in this view, the on/auto/offswitch 30 is not visible. - A front view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention with the upper and lower covers removed is shown in
FIG. 3 . The device is shown with theupper cover 18 having been removed from thehousing 14. Visible now are thehousing panel 50 and left and right adjusting levers 44, 46, respectively. Also shown are the mountingplate 12, mountingholes 33,PIR detector lens 16,display 41, up/downbuttons 43,grill aperture 22,humidity sensor 49,temperature sensor 48,fasteners 35 andmode switch 30. As with the upper cover, the lower cover or switchcover 28 has been removed revealing thehousing panel 50 and a series of indicators and switches. Avisual indicator 31 such as an LED and an ambientlight sensor 37 are located behind theaperture 26 in theswitch cover 28 such that light is able to reach the ambient light sensor and the LED is visible from the outside. - Also shown is the tactile
momentary switch 39 that is actuated by theswitch cover 28 when pressed by a user, avisual indicator 40, e.g., LED, functioning as a LonWorks status LED and amomentary switch 42 that functions as a LonWorks service request pin. - The blinders themselves are located behind the
housing panel 50. The adjusting levers 44, 46, however, extend beyond the surface of thehousing panel 50 so as to be accessible to a user. The blinders can be adjusted by moving the adjusting levers left or right along a linear path in thehousing panel 50. - A perspective view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention with the upper and lower covers removed is shown in
FIG. 4 . The removableupper cover 18 is shown oriented in a removed position from thedevice 10.Tabs 25 on either side of thecover 18 secure it to thehousing 14. The removable lower cover or switchcover 28 is also shown oriented in a removed position from thedevice 10.Pivots 23 on the top portion of both sides of the switch cover secure it to thehousing 14. The pivot notches mate with corresponding mounting points in thehousing panel 50. Theswitch cover 28 is shown also with theaperture 26 andpress bar 32.LEDs light sensor 37 and switches 39, 42 are also shown onhousing panel 50. - Located in the lower portion of the
device 10 is thevent grill 22 having openings to permit the temperature and humidity sensors to contact the surrounding air. The inner chamber formed within the device behind the grill is adapted so that it seals off the temperature and humidity sensors from the inner space between thehousing panel 50 and the inner area of the device. - The
grill 22 is shown with openings that are in a vertical fashion. Note, however, that they may be positioned horizontally, vertically or at any angle. The angle of the vent openings, however, could affect the response of the temperature and humidity sensing elements by allowing either a more rapid rate of change or a slower rate of change based upon the size, quantity, angle and shape of the openings. This change in the architecture of thevent 22 can be compensated for in the hardware and/or software of the device. The optimum design for maximum performance depends on the given application and desired temperature and humidity changes per time period. - A perspective view illustrating the upper portion of the sensor/thermostat unit in more detail wherein the PIR sensor blinds are in the open position is shown in
FIG. 5A . The adjusting levers 44, 46 are shown in their widest open position, i.e., the adjusting levers are positioned closest to thehousing panel 50. In this position, the PIR detectors are exposed to the largest area through thelens 16. An illustration of the cross sectional cut 51 is shown inFIG. 5B . Thedual PIR detectors block 63, which in turn is fixed to the printedcircuit board 61. Thelens 16 is fixed to thehousing 14. Thehousing 14 is fastened to the mountingplate 12. - A partition or separating
wall 76 functions to separate the radiation falling on the twodetectors blinders detectors Blinder 45 comprises anelongated shutter section 74 supported by alower wall 66 and an upper wall (not shown) and a cylindrical stud orpivot 70. Similarly,blinder 47 comprises anelongated shutter section 72 supported by alower wall 64 and an upper wall (not shown) and acylindrical stud 68. The shutters are pivotally mounted to permit the blinders to be opened and closed. The blinders pivot on an axis formed by thecylindrical studs - The blinders may be curved and are preferably constructed of a material that does not pass the signal the detectors are adapted to respond to. The shutter sections may comprise a natural or synthetic rubber, thermoset or thermoplastic material or any other suitable molded or machinable material. The material used is preferably moldable plastic.
- A perspective view illustrating the upper portion of the sensor/thermostat unit in more detail wherein the PIR sensor blinds are in the closed position is shown in
FIG. 6A . The adjusting levers 44, 46 are shown in their narrowest closed position, i.e., the adjusting levers are positioned furthest away from thehousing panel 50. In this position, the PIR detectors are exposed to the smallest area through thelens 16. An illustration of the cross sectional cut 53 is shown inFIG. 6B . Theblinders lens 16 is blocked from falling on thedetectors - Note that each of the
blinders blinders partition 76. Vice versa, to broaden the field of view of the detectors, theblinders partition 76. A more detailed description of the operation and construction of the blinders and the housing may be found in U.S. Pat. No. 5,739,753, entitled Detector System With Adjustable Field Of View, similarly assigned and incorporated herein by reference. - The mounting of the temperature sensor within the housing will now be described in more detail. A perspective view illustrating the temperature and humidity sensors and associated pedestal, housing and cover in more detail is shown in
FIG. 7 . - For clarity sake, a cutaway drawing is shown focusing on the grill and temperature sensor assembly wherein the majority of the device has been omitted. The plurality of
electrical leads 90 from thetemperature sensor 48 are mounted on thePC board 80 via soldering or other means. The temperature sensor is mounted on a cylindrically shapedpedestal 82 that extends from the surface of the PC board to the base of thesensor 48. The electrical leads 90 of thetemperature sensor 48 are inserted into corresponding openings on the upper surface of thepedestal 82. The circular cutout in thehousing panel 50 is constructed to snugly fit around the diameter of thepedestal 82. Anupper wall 83 is provided that extends from thehousing panel 50 to the outer cover. The upper wall helps to seal the temperature sensor from the rest of the device. - In accordance with the present invention, the outer cover,
upper wall 83,housing panel 50 andpedestal 82 are constructed and positioned so as to seal off the temperature sensor from the rest of the device. Thus, an air chamber is formed in which the sensor is positioned which permits air from outside the device to diffuse through thevent 22 to thesensor 48. Thus, the sensor is not exposed to any internal air channels that may be present and is separated from the PIR detectors so that they do not interfere with one another. - The pedestal will now be described in more detail. A perspective view illustrating the temperature and humidity sensor pedestal in more detail is shown in
FIG. 8A . A side cross section view of the temperature and humidity sensor pedestal is shown inFIG. 8B . - As described above, the
pedestal 82 functions to support thetemperature sensor 48 at a height above the PC board and also functions to environmentally isolate the sensor from the interior of the device. - The pedestal comprises a
cylindrical body 100 and has a hollow interior. One end of thebody 100 is closed off thus forming an upper portion. The upper portion comprises a substantiallyflat surface 94 with a plurality ofapertures 96 therewithin. Theflat surface 94 is recessed and adapted to mate with the bottom surface of the temperature sensor and is shaped in accordance therewith. Surrounding the flat portion is a circular raisedrid ge 98 extending around the entire circumference of the pedestal. Acircular lip 93 is formed between theridge 98 and the outer wall of thebody 100. - The pedestal is positioned such that the
lip 93 sits flush against the interior edge of the housing panel 50 (seeFIG. 7 ). Theridge 98 is adapted to fit snuggly within the inner diameter of the cutout in the housing panel. Thus, the pedestal functions to seal the sensor from air circulating within the device between thePC board 80 and thehousing panel 50. It is important to note that other shapes for the temperature sensor are also possible other than the one shown here. Regardless of the type or shape of the sensor, the upper surface portion of the pedestal should be adapted to mate with the sensor to enclose it thus substantially forming a seal around the bottom portion of the sensor as shown herein. - A second embodiment of the multi-sensor device will now be presented. The first embodiment discussed above, incorporated multiple sensors and a thermostat function with a single switch. The second embodiment presented herein incorporates two switches. A front view illustration of a second embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating two switches and having the upper and lower covers in place is shown in
FIG. 9 . The device, generally referenced 110, is similar todevice 10 ofFIG. 1 with the difference being that two switches are included rather than one. This embodiment is useful when it is desired to control two separate logical loads from a single device in on/off fashion. - The device comprises a mounting
plate 12,housing 14,lens 16 for the PIR detectors, aremovable cover 18,display 41, up and downbuttons 43 andgrill 22 permitting air to diffuse through to thetemperature sensor 48 andhumidity sensor 49. Afirst switch cover 122 and asecond switch cover 124 are provided having optional raisedbumps 127 to help users distinguish the two switches from each other by way of tactile feel, such as when operating the switch in low light or darkness. Also shown are themode switch 30 which can be placed in an on, auto or off positions and thelight pipe 126 which provides a light path to an internal LED or other light source and an ambient light sensor. - A third embodiment also splits the switch cover 28 (
FIG. 1 ) into two separate covers as the device ofFIG. 9 . A front view illustration of a third embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating two switches and having the upper and lower covers in place is shown inFIG. 10 . The device ofFIG. 10 , however, provides a dimmer function for one or more electrical loads. Theswitch cover 123, when pressed, functions to brighten the load as indicated by the uparrow 129 and conversely, when theswitch cover 125 is pressed, the load is dimmed, as indicated by thedown arrow 121. - Similar to the device of
FIG. 9 , the device comprises a mountingplate 12,housing 14,lens 16 for the PIR detectors, aremovable cover 18,display 41, up and downbuttons 43 andgrill 22 permitting air to diffuse through to thetemperature sensor 48 andhumidity sensor 49. Also shown are themode switch 30 which can be placed in an on, auto or off positions and thelight pipe 126 which provides a light path to an internal LED or other light source and an ambient light sensor. - A fourth embodiment comprises a sensor unit similar to that of
FIGS. 1 and 2 but suitable for mounting on a surface of a wall. A perspective view illustration of a fourth embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention, a surface mount sensor/thermostat unit incorporating a single switch and having the upper and lower covers in place is shown inFIG. 11 . The device, generally referenced 400, comprises asurface mount housing 402 and can be mounted to a wall box. The features and functionality of thedevice 400 are similar to those of device 10 (FIG. 1 ) and have been described hereinabove. Note that corresponding elements have been given the same reference numerals to aid the reader in understanding the invention. - A front view illustration of a fifth embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating temperature and humidity sensors in an air flow chamber, air flow channels, thermostat functions and a single switch is shown in
FIG. 12 . This device, generally referenced 410, comprises a housing andfront face portion 412. The face portion includes adisplay 414 for displaying information such as temperature, status, commands or other type of data. The display may comprise any suitable display type such as LCD, LED, plasma, etc. Below thedisplay 414 are twobuttons 416 for inputting information into thedevice 410. One button is configured as an up arrow and the other button is configured as a down arrow. These buttons could be used for example to set the desired temperature using the thermostat feature of the present invention. - A
slide switch 417 is provided for selecting between cool, heat or off. Anadditional slide switch 419 is employed on the other side of thedisplay 414 that functions to allow the fan controls to be placed in an AUTO or ON state. Both slide switches are optional. If thedevice 450 functions as a master thermostat then it is desirable to have the slide switches. On the other hand, if thedevice 450 is in an office environment, for example, it may not be desirable to have the slide switches. - Another optional feature is the use of a press to release button (not shown) to allow for the device to be easily removed from the wall. This allows for the device with its lighting and temperature sensor and controls to be removed from its fixed position on the wall and moved freely about the room. It can be placed in a more desirable location or can be used as a remote control as well as a regular wall mounted or table top switch or dimmer, sensor or thermostat as well as to adjust and control all natural and artificial lighting, temperature and humidity devices.
- Artificial devices include all type of conventional HVAC cooling and heating devices. Natural devices include but are not limited to such devices as ceiling fans, windows, window shades, skylights, etc., i.e., devices other than conventional HVAC devices.
- A
switch 420 is located below thedisplay 414 and up/downarrow buttons 416. The switch is used to control a logical load that the device is bound to. The logical load comprises one or more physical electrical loads. When pressed, a message is sent to the control device connected to the load to be switched. The message is interpreted and the control device carries out any required action. On either side of the upper portion of theswitch 420 is avent opening 422 that leads to an inner air flow channel running downwardly to the chamber behind thegrill 426. - A
visual indicator 424 such as an LED or light bar is positioned below theswitch 420. The visual indicator is used to provide feedback to the user, e.g., in connection with the status of the logically bound electrical load. Thedevice 410 also incorporates an aperture grill or vent 426 located below theLED 424. Thevent 426 functions to allow air to diffuse through to an inner chamber housing thetemperature sensor 430 andhumidity sensor 428. The chamber is connected via air channels within the device that run up inside theface cover 412 of the device and exit through thevent openings 422 situated on either side of theswitch 420. - The
device 410 also comprises a switch (not shown) that provides the user a means for placing the device into one or more modes. The switch may include two modes: OFF and AUTO. The AUTO position lets the load be controlled by one or more sensor inputs and the OFF position turns the load off regardless of the state of the sensor inputs. -
Apertures 421 at the top and bottom of side faceextensions 418 provide a means by which theface cover 412 device may be fastened to a housing, the housing being adapted to be installed in a single or multiple gang wallbox. Apertures (not shown) are also included to permit a cover plate (not shown) to be mounted over the device after it is installed in a wallbox. - Note that the use of air channels in this embodiment of the invention, precludes the incorporation of PIR motion detection sensors in the device due to the problems associated with obtaining false readings of the PIR sensors. The problems arise due to the channeled air flowing near the PIR sensing elements. In addition, this embodiment may or may not comprise an ambient light sensor. The
device 410 shown inFIG. 12 does not show one, however, an ambient light sensor may be placed behind thegrill 426 or behind theswitch cover 420 using a translucent window to permit light from outside the device to reach the ambient light sensor. - A front view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of
FIG. 12 with theswitch cover plate 420 removed is shown inFIG. 13 . Thearea 432 behind theswitch cover 420 houses a plurality of switches and visual indicators. A tactilemomentary switch 434 is mechanically coupled to theswitch cover 420 when it is in place. A user actuates theswitch 434 by pressing on theswitch cover 420. Avisual indicator 438, e.g., LED, functions as a LonWorks service status LED, i.e., node status indication.LEDs LED 424 and yellow forLED 438. Amomentary switch 440 functions as a combination LonWorks compatible service request/go unconfigured button. Aswitch 436 functions as an off/auto button. - The off/
auto button 436 is used to place thedevice 410 into the off state or the auto state. In the off state, the device ceases to respond to sensor input including switch closures and will not transmit messages onto the network to other devices. When the device is in the auto state, it responds to sensor input and to switch closures and transmits messages to other nodes on the network. - The service request/go
unconfigured button 440 performs two functions. When the service request/gounconfigured button 440 is pressed momentarily, e.g., for one second, thedevice 410 performs normal service pin functions. However, when the service request/gounconfigured button 440 is pressed for more than a certain period of time, e.g., six seconds, the device will be placed into the unconfigured state. Thus, a user may issue a command to the device, via thebutton 440 that functions as an input means, telling it to enter the unconfigured state. The software controlling the button can be adapted to not place the device in the unconfigured state if the command is continuously present without interruption at the input means. The operation of the go unconfigured feature is described in detail in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/080,916, filed May 18, 1998, entitled “Apparatus For And Method Of Placing A Node In An Unconfigured State,” incorporated herein by reference. - A rear view illustration of the face of the sensor/thermostat unit of
FIG. 12 showing the embedded air flow channels for channeling air over the temperature and humidity sensors is shown inFIG. 14 . The rear side of theface cover 412 comprises anair channel 442 grooved into the face cover that extends from thevent openings 422 downward along the outer edges of the switch cover to the hollowed outchamber area 444 that lies behind thegrill 426. In operation, air enters thedevice 410 via the larger grill openings, over the temperature and humidity sensors, up theair channels 442 and out thevents 422. Thechannels 442 and the entire airflow chamber can be completely enclosed in the plastic frame or may also use a combination of the printed circuit board, housing, gaskets and other elements to create an air flow channel. - A front view illustration of a sixth embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating temperature and humidity sensors in a diffusion chamber, thermostat functions and a single switch is shown in
FIG. 15 . In this embodiment, the device, generally referenced 450, comprises an air diffusion chamber to expose the temperature and humidity sensors to the surrounding air, rather than the air channels of thedevice 410 ofFIG. 12 . - The
device 450 is similar to that of the device ofFIG. 12 with the removal of the vent openings and the widening of the switch cover. In particular, thedevice 450 comprises a housing andfront face portion 452. The face portion includes adisplay 454 for displaying information such as temperature, status, commands or other type of data. Below thedisplay 454 are twobuttons 456 for inputting information into thedevice 450. One button is configured as an up arrow and the other button is configured as a down arrow. These buttons could be used for example to set the desired temperature using the thermostat feature of the present invention. - A
slide switch 457 is provided for selecting between cool, heat or off. Anadditional slide switch 459 is employed on the other side of thedisplay 454 that functions to allow the fan controls to be placed in an AUTO or ON state. Both slide switches are optional. If thedevice 450 functions as a master thermostat then it is desirable to have the slide switches. On the other hand, if thedevice 450 is in an office environment, for example, it may not be desirable to have the slide switches. - A
switch 462 is located below thedisplay 454 and up/downarrow buttons 456. The switch is used to control a logical load that the device is bound to. The logical load comprises one or more physical electrical loads. When pressed, a message is sent to the control device connected to the load to be switched. The message is interpreted and the control device carries out any required action. - A
visual indicator 464 such as an LED or light bar is positioned below theswitch 462. The visual indicator is used to provide feedback to the user, e.g., in connection with the status of the bound logical electrical load. Thedevice 450 also incorporates an aperture grill or vent 466 is located below theLED 464. Thevent 466 functions to allow air to diffuse through to an inner chamber housing thetemperature sensor 470 andhumidity sensor 468. -
Apertures 460 at the top and bottom of side faceextensions 458 provide a means by which theface cover 452 device may be fastened to a housing, the housing being adapted to be installed in a single or multiple gang wallbox. Apertures (not shown) are also included to permit a cover plate (not shown) to be mounted over the device after it is installed in a wallbox. - Note that this embodiment may or may not comprise an ambient light sensor. The
device 450 shown inFIG. 15 does not show one, however, an ambient light sensor may be placed behind thegrill 466 or behind theswitch cover 462 using a translucent window to permit light from outside the device to reach the ambient light sensor. - A front view illustration of the sensor/thermostat unit of
FIG. 15 with theswitch cover plate 460 removed is shown inFIG. 16 . Thearea 472 behind theswitch cover 462 houses a plurality of switches and visual indicators. Situated within thearea 472 are a tactilemomentary switch 474, avisual indicator 476, e.g., LED, which functions as a LonWorks service status LED, i.e., node status indication, amomentary switch 478 which functions as a combination LonWorks compatible service request/go unconfigured button and aswitch 480 which functions as an off/auto button. The operation ofswitches LED 476 is identical to those ofswitches LED 438, respectively, ofFIG. 13 as described in detail hereinabove. - A perspective view illustration of a seventh embodiment of the sensor/thermostat unit of the present invention incorporating a display, dimming brighten/dim control, temperature control and temperate/room brightness display is shown in
FIG. 17 . This is another alternative for the face cover portion that may be incorporated into the multi-sensor device of the present invention. The device, generally referenced 130, is shown installed with a cover plate in a single gang wallbox. The elements visible comprise acover plate 140 that surrounds the device, an up/down dimmingcontrol 134, atemperature display 138, abrightness display 136 and agrill 135 for a temperature sensor and/or humidity sensor located between them. Thegrill 135 is similar in construction and function to grill 22 as shown inFIGS. 1 and 2 and described hereinabove. - The
temperature display 138 is shown in degrees Fahrenheit but can be also displayed in degrees Celsius. Thetemperature control 132 provides a means for a user to enter information such as temperature set points for the thermostat function. The dimmingcontrol 134 can provide not only a brighten/dim function but also an on/off function as well. Note that thedevice 130 may function only as a control and display device or alternatively, may incorporate the temperature sensor, humidity sensor, ambient light sensor and occupancy sensor of the embodiments described hereinabove. - The present invention is intended to function within a local operating network or network based control system incorporating multiple devices having different functionality. As an example, the local operating network can be applied to lighting and HVAC systems. The local operating network comprises one or more devices, a user interface, actuator element, power supply, communications media, media connections and protocol and sensor inputs. These components function to work together with other devices that can communicate using the same standard communication protocol to form a local operating network. The system comprises various device functionality including but not limited to various sensor and transducer functions such as motion detector sensors, temperature sensors, humidity sensors and dimming sensors. The devices may be packaged in various form factors including but not limited to surface mount, flush mount, wall mount and single or dual gang wall box and ceiling mount. Other features include light harvesting or constant light maintenance, time of day scheduling, on/off/auto switching and sensing, single and multiple 20
A 100 to 347 VAC switching devices for incandescent and fluorescent lighting loads and 8 A 800W 100 to 347 VAC dimming triac devices with a series air gap relay element. The devices comprise software and/or firmware for controlling the operation and features of the device, 15 VDC power supply for supplying electrical power for the 0-10V dimming signal, a reset push button for resetting the device and a communications network media interface. - To aid in understanding the principles of the present invention, the invention is described in the context of the LonWorks communication protocol developed by Echelon Corp. and which is now standard EIA 709.1 Control Network Protocol Specification, incorporated herein by reference. Other related specifications include EIA 709.2 Control Network Powerline Channel Specification and EIA 709.3 Free Topology Twisted Pair Channel Specification, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- The scope of the present invention, however, is not limited to the use of the LonWorks protocol. Other communication network protocols such as CEBus, etc. can be used to implement a control network within the scope of the present invention.
- A key feature of the system is that the devices on the network can interoperate over the network. In addition, the system can be expanded at any time, and the functionality of the individual components can be changed at any time by downloading new firmware.
- For a device to be interoperable it must communicate in accordance with the protocol specification in use in the system, e.g., LonWorks, CEBus, etc. If a device complies with the standard or protocol in use, it can communicate with other devices in the system. The temperature sensor within the device may be bound (as defined by the LonWorks protocol) to the HVAC system, for example. After a threshold temperature is exceeded, the temperature sensor can respond by sending a command to the HVAC system to turn on the air conditioning.
- A schematic diagram illustrating the occupancy, ambient light, switch, dimmer, temperature and humidity unit (also referred to generally as simply the ‘unit’) of the present invention is shown in
FIG. 18 . Theunit 150 comprises acontroller 190 to which are connected various components. Thecontroller 190 comprises a suitable processor such as a microprocessor or microcomputer. In the context of a LonWorks compatible network, the controller may comprise a Neuron 3120 or 3150 microcontroller manufactured by Motorola, Schaumberg, Ill. More detailed information on the Neuron chips can be found in the Motorola Databook: “LonWorks Technology Device Data,” Rev. 3, 1997, incorporated herein by reference. Memory connected to the controller includesRAM 200,ROM 202 for firmware program storage andEEPROM 204 for storing downloadable software and various constants and parameters used by the unit. - A
power supply 172 functions to supply the various voltages needed by the internal circuitry of the device, e.g., 5 V (VCC), 15 V, etc. Thepower supply 172 may be adapted to provide VCC and other voltages required by the internal circuitry either directly from phase and neutral of the AC electrical power source or from an intermediate voltage generated by another power supply. For example, a 15 V supply voltage may be generated by another device and provided to theunit 150 via low voltage cabling. This reduces the complexity of theunit 150 thus reducing its cost by eliminating the requirement of having a high voltage power supply onboard. - A
clock circuit 170 provides the clock signals required by thecontroller 190 and the remaining circuitry. The clock circuit may comprise one or more crystal oscillators for providing a stable reference clock signal. The reset/powersupply monitor circuitry 168 provides a power up reset signal to thecontroller 190. The circuit also functions to monitor the output of the power supply. If the output voltage drops too low, thereset circuit 168 functions to generate a reset signal as operating at too low a voltage may yield unpredictable operation. - In the case of LonWorks compatible networks, the
unit 150 comprises a service pin on thecontroller 190 to which is connected a momentarypush button switch 156 andservice indicator 154 which may comprise an LED. Theswitch 156 is connected between ground and the cathode of theLED 154. The anode of the LED is connected to VCC viaresister 152. Azener diode 158 clamps the voltage on the service pin to a predetermined level. Theswitch 156 is connected to the service pin via aseries resister 174. The service pin on the controller functions as both an input and an output. Thecontroller 190 is adapted to detect the closure of theswitch 156 and to perform service handling in response thereto. A more detailed description of the service pin and its associated internal processing can be found in the Motorola Databook referenced above. - The
unit 150 is adapted to interoperate with other devices on the network. It incorporates communication means that comprises acommunication transceiver 192 that interfaces thecontroller 190 to the network. Thecommunications transceiver 192 may comprise any suitable communication/network interface means. The choice of network, e.g., LonWorks, CEBus, etc. in addition to the choice of media, determines the requirements for thecommunications transceiver 192. Using the LonWorks network as an example, the communications transceiver may comprise the FTT-10A twisted pair transceiver manufactured by Echelon Corp, Palo Alto, Calif. This transceiver comprises the necessary components to interface the controller to a twisted pair network. Transmit data from thecontroller 190 is input to the transceiver which functions to encode and process the data for placement onto the twisted pair cable. In addition, data received from the twisted pair wiring is processed and decoded and output to thecontroller 190. In addition to a free topology transceiver for a twisted pair network, other transceivers can be used such as RS-232, RS-485 or any other known physical layer interfaces suitable for use with the invention. In addition, transceivers for other types of media such as power line carrier and coaxial, for example, can also be used. - The
unit 150 also comprises mode switch means that provides three modes of operation to the user: on/off/auto. The mode switch means comprisesslide switch 160, pull upresisters 180, 182,series resisters zener diodes slide switch 160 is a three position slide switch which has two of the its terminals connected to two I/O pins on thecontroller 150 viaseries resisters controller 150 periodically scans the two I/O pins for the state of the mode switch. The controller uses software adapted to decode the signal output of the mode switch to yield the actual switch position. The AUTO mode state is represented by both OFF and ON inputs being low. - The mode switch controls the operation of the
unit 150. If the switch is in the OFF state, the on/off or brighten/dim features of the device are disabled. If the switch is in the AUTO position, the device operates normally. When the mode switch is on the ON position, the load is forced to turn on regardless of the state of the on/off/auto switch inputs. - As described hereinabove, the
unit 150 is adapted to measure temperature, humidity, ambient light and to detect occupancy. Theunit 150 comprises (1)motion sensor circuitry 194 that functions to generate a MOTION signal representing the level of motion; (2) ambientlight sensor circuitry 196 that functions to generate a LUX signal representing the level of light; (3)temperature sensor circuitry 198 that functions to generate a TEMP signal representing the temperature level; and (4)humidity sensor circuitry 199 that functions to generate a HUM signal representing the humidity level. The four analog signals MOTION, LUX, TEMP and HUM are input to a four-channel A/D converter 188. Mux control of the A/D converter 188 is provided by thecontroller 190. The digitized output of the A/D converter is input to an I/O port on thecontroller 190. Alternatively, the A/D conversion function may be incorporated into the controller as is common with many commercially available microcontrollers. - The
unit 150 also comprisesrelay driver circuitry 490 coupled to one or more relay loads;ballast dimming circuitry 510 coupled to one or more 0-10 V ballast loads; and dimmingcircuitry 530 coupled to one or more dimming loads. - An occupancy detect
indicator 186, which may comprise an LED, provides a user visual feedback as to the detection of motion by the unit. The cathode of theLED 186 is input to an I/O pin on thecontroller 190 and the anode is pulled high by pull upresister 184. An active low on the signal OCCUPANCY_DETECT causes the LED to light. - The unit also provides a user the capability to either turn one or more lighting devices on/off and or to brighten/dim them. The
unit 150 comprises circuitry two momentary contact switches 218, 220 that are connected to two I/O pins on thecontroller 190 viaseries resisters zener diode resisters - The two
switches - In connection with the embodiment shown in
FIG. 1 , thedevice 10 only requires a single switch as this embodiment operates a single logical lighting load which could physically be many lighting loads. Theswitch plate 28 is adapted to operate only a single push button switch. Each switch closure toggles the state of the logical and physical lighting load. - In connection with the embodiment of
FIG. 9 , thedevice 110 requires two switches but each could operate a separate logical lighting load that could physically be many lighting loads. Oneswitch plate 122 is associated with one load and theother switch plate 124 is associated with the other load. Each switch closure for each of the two switches functions to toggle the state of the respective logical and physical lighting load. - In connection with the embodiment of
FIG. 10 , thedevice 110 requires two switches for providing brighten/dim control for a single or multiple lighting load. Oneswitch plate 123 is associated with the brighten function and theother switch plate 125 is associated with the dim function. In addition, the up switch plate may also turn the load on and the down switch plate may function to turn the load off. - Thus, depending on the functionality desired in the device, the switches and associated hardware circuitry and software application may be adapted to provide numerous lighting control possibilities.
- The motion sensor circuitry will now be described in more detail. A schematic diagram illustrating the motion sensor circuitry portion of the
multi-sensor unit 150 in more detail is shown inFIG. 19 . Themotion sensor circuitry 194 comprises one or more passive infrared (PIR) sensors coupled between ground and VCC. In the example disclosed herein, twoPIR sensors PIR sensor # 1 230 is processed bycircuitry comprising capacitor 234 and resister 236. The signal is then input to a signal conditioning operation amplifier (op amp) circuit comprisingop amp 242,capacitors resisters op amp 242. - The signal output of
PIR sensor # 2 233 is processed bycircuitry comprising capacitor 260 andresister 264. The signal is then input to the non-inverting input of theop amp 242 viacapacitors resisters - The output of the
op amp 242 is input to a second signal conditioning op amp circuit comprisingop amp 254,capacitors resisters op amp 254, i.e., the MOTION signal, is input to the A/D converter 188 (FIG. 14 ). The digital representation of the level of motion is processed by the occupancy task (described in more detail below) to determine whether or not the occupancy state should be declared. - A schematic diagram illustrating the ambient light sensor circuitry portion of the multi-sensor unit in more detail is shown in
FIG. 20 . The ambientlight sensor circuitry 196 comprises an ambientlight detector 280 such as part number S1087 manufactured by Hamamatsu Photonics K.K., Hamamatsu City, Japan. The cathode of thelight detector 280 is connected to the inverting input ofop amp 286. The anode of thedetector 280 is connected to ground. A voltage reference VREF1 is input to the non-inverting input of the op amp.Capacitor 284 andresistor 282 are placed in the feedback path from the output to the inverting input via a voltage divider connected to the output and consisting ofresisters D converter 188. The digitized ambient light level is processed by the ambient light level task (described in more detail below) and transmitted as a network variable to all devices over the network that are bound to the device. - A schematic diagram illustrating the temperature sensor circuitry portion of the multi-sensor unit in more detail is shown in
FIG. 21 . Thetemperature sensor circuitry 198 comprises atemperature sensor 290 such as the NTC thermistor 23322-640-55103 manufactured by Philips. One side of theNTC temperature sensor 290 is coupled to ground while the other side is connected toresistor 291, which is of same resistance value and tolerance as the temperature sensor, forming a voltage divider whereby a voltage of 2.50 V (typically) represents a sensor case temperature of 25 degrees C. - The voltage divider is formed between a 5 VDC power supply voltage connected to
resistor 291. The non-circuit ground side of the NTC temperature sensor is input to the non-inverting input ofop amp 298 viaseries resister 292 andresister 294 coupled to circuit ground. Ideally,resistors op amp 298 is connected to a voltage reference VREF2 (typically 2.5 VDC) via matchedvoltage divider resisters feedback resister 300. -
Matching resistors op amp 298.Resistor 296 has one side connected to voltage reference VREF2 and the other side is connected toresistor 297 that then connects to circuit ground. -
Resisters op amp 298 is fed back to the inverting input creating a voltage follower circuit thus providing and overall gain of unity. The gain of the op amp can be modified to increase the resolution of the temperature reading over a given range. The output of the op amp, i.e., the TEMP signal, is input to one of the channels of the A/D converter 188. The digitized ambient light level is processed by the temperature task (described in more detail below) and transmitted as a network variable to all devices over the network that are bound to the device. - In an alternative embodiment, a dual op amp circuit may be employed. In this case, the temperature sensing circuitry is coupled to two separate op amps. One of the op amps provides a unity gain as in the op amp circuit illustrated in
FIG. 21 and the second provides a gain factor higher than unity, e.g., 5, so as to provide a finer resolution reading. The unity gain op amp provides a 0 to 5 volt range corresponding to a temperature range of 0 to 50 degrees Celsius. The op amp with a higher gain factor would provide a 0 to 5 volt range for a temperature range of, for example, 15 to 35 degrees Celsius. - Assuming a wide bit A/D converter is used, e.g., 16 bits, the upper 8 bits can be used for an incremental reading of 1 degrees Celsius and the lower 8 bits can be used for a higher resolution reading of {fraction (1/100)} degree Celsius.
- A schematic diagram illustrating the humidity sensor circuitry portion of the multi-sensor unit in more detail is shown in
FIG. 22 . Thehumidity sensor circuitry 199 is constructed around ahumidity sensor 660. A humidity sensor suitable for use with the present invention is the EMD-2000 Micro Relative Humidity Sensor manufactured by General Eastern, Woburn, Mass. A suitable op amp is the LM358 whose output comprises the HUM. Signal input to the A/D converter block 188 (FIG. 18 ). - A block diagram illustrating the communications transceiver portion of the control unit in more detail is shown in
FIG. 23 . As described previously, thecommunications transceiver 192 functions to enable the control unit to communicate with other devices over the network. It is desirable that each device in the network incorporate communications means enabling it to share information with other devices. This is not, however, an absolute necessity as devices that do not employ a communications protocol or employ a protocol that is proprietary can also be part of the network. For example, a direct connection to the lighting load via a 0-10 VDC control line as well as a single analog output signal may be employed to communicate to one or more lighting and HVAC loads. In this example, thecommunications transceiver 192 is adapted to transmit and receive data over twisted pair wiring. As mentioned previously, the communication transceiver could be adapted to other type of media as well including, but not limited to, power line carrier, coaxial, RF, etc. - The
communications transceiver 192 comprises atwisted pair transceiver 222 for receiving Tx data from the controller and for outputting Rx data to the controller. In the transmit path, the twisted pair transceiver processes the Tx data received from the controller resulting in a signal suitable for placement onto the twisted pair network. The Tx output of the twisted pair transceiver, which has been converted to a differential 2-wire signal, is input to the twistedpair interface circuitry 224 which functions to adapt the differential transmit signal to the 2-wiretwisted pair network 226. - In the receive path, the signal received over the 2-wire
twisted pair network 226 is input to the twistedpair interface circuitry 224. The interface circuitry functions to output a 2-wire differential receive signal that is input to thetwisted pair transceiver 222. Thetwisted pair transceiver 222 processes the differential receive signal and generates an output Rx signal suitable for input to the controller. - A more detailed description of the communications transceiver suitable for twisted pair networks and for other types of network media can be found in the Motorola Databook referenced above.
- A schematic diagram illustrating the relay driver circuit portion of the multifunction sensor and control unit in more detail is shown in
FIG. 24 . Therelay driver circuit 490 comprises a transistor circuit for controlling thecoil 500 of arelay 502. The RELAY signal from the controller is input to the base oftransistor 494 viaresister 496 andresistor 492 connected to ground. Thecoil 500 is placed in parallel with adiode 498 and connected between the 15 V supply and the collector oftransistor 494. Thediode 498 functions to suppress the back EMF generated by the coil when it is de-energized. In accordance with the RELAY signal, the circuit functions to open and close therelay 502 that is connected to the relay load. - A schematic diagram illustrating the ballast dimming circuitry portion of the multifunction sensor and control unit in more detail is shown in
FIG. 25 . Theballast dimming circuit 510 comprises anop amp 518 and associated components which functions to output a signal in the range of 0 to 10 VDC. The output signal causes fluorescent lights that are equipped with electronic ballasts to dim to a particular level. The electronic ballasts are adapted to receive a standard 0 to 10 V signal that corresponds to the desired light intensity level. The electronic ballast consequently adjusts the voltages applied to the bulbs they are connected to in accordance with the level of the input ballast-dimming signal. - The pulse width modulated BALLAST signal from the controller is input to the non-inverting input of the
op amp 518 via the integrating filter represented by theseries resister 512 and thecapacitor 514 to ground. This signal is then amplified to an appropriate level via theop amp 518 and its associated resistor network comprised ofresistors - A
zener diode 522 prevents the ballast output signal from exceeding a predetermined value. Note that the control unit may comprise a plurality of ballast dimming circuits for dimming a plurality of fluorescent light loads. - A schematic diagram illustrating the dimming circuitry portion of the multifunction sensor and control unit in more detail is shown in
FIG. 26 . The dimmingcircuitry 530 functions to control the light level of an incandescent load (a dimming load). The dimmingcircuitry 530 comprises two portions: a triac dimming portion and a relay portion. The triac dimming portion comprises atriac 542 that is turned on at different points or angles of the AC cycle to effect the dimming function. Thetriac 542 is triggered by an opto coupled diac 536 which comprises anLED 534 optically coupled to adiac 540. Thediac 540 is connected to the gate of thetriac 542. The DIMMING signal from the controller turns on theLED 534 whose anode is connected to VCC viaresister 532. The DIMMING signal is brought low when the triac is to be turned on. The timing of the signal input to the opto coupled diac is synchronized with the zero crossings of the AC power. While the dim level of the load is set to non zero, the DIMMING signal is applied on a periodic basis, i.e., every AC half cycle. - Across the anode and cathode of the
triac 542 are connected aresister 546,capacitor 544 and a pair ofMOVs coil 548 is located in series with acapacitor 564 connected to the neutral of the AC power. Arelay 560 is placed in series with the triac for providing an air gap between the phase of the AC power and the load. Therelay 560 is controlled by relay drivecircuitry comprising transistor 572,resistors diode 570 andcoil 568. The relay drive circuitry shown here operates similarly to the relay drive circuitry ofFIG. 24 . When it is desired to completely turn the load off, the controller asserts the DIM_RELAY signal which cause therelay 560 to open. - A block diagram illustrating the software portion of the multi-sensor unit in more detail is shown in
FIG. 27 . The hardware and software components of the unit in combination implement the functionality of the device. The software portion of the unit will now be described in more detail. Note that the implementation of the software may be different depending on the type of controller used to construct the unit. The functional tasks presented herein, however, can be implemented regardless of the actual implementation of the controller and/or software methodology used. - In the example presented herein, the controller is a Neuron 3120, 3150 or equivalent. Some of the functionality required to implement the control unit is incorporated into the device by the manufacturer. For example, the processing and associated firmware for implementing the physical, link and network layers of the communication stack are performed by means built into the Neuron processor. Thus, non-Neuron implementations of the control unit would require similar communication means to be able to share information with other devices over the network.
- It is important to note that some of the tasks described herein may be event driven rather than operative in a sequential program fashion. The scope of the invention is not limited to any one particular implementation but is intended to encompass any realization of the functionality presented herein. In addition, some of the tasks are intended to function based on input received from other devices that also communicate over the network.
- The various tasks described herein together implement the functionality of the unit. Each of the tasks will now be described in more detail. The
main control task 310 coordinates the operation of the unit. The control task is responsible for the overall functioning of the unit including initialization, housekeeping tasks, polling tasks, sensor measurement, etc. In general, the unit is adapted to measure one or more physical quantities, transmit the measured quantities over the network, issue commands to a control unit located on the network and respond to commands received over the network from other sensors and control devices. - The control is effected by the use of network variables referred to as Standard Network Variable Types (SNVTs), in the case of LonWorks networks, for example. Thus, the data transmitted over the network is transmitted in the form of one or more network variables. In addition, based on the values of the various network variables received by the unit, the unit responds and behaves accordingly. The following describes the functionality provided by the unit.
- The following functions: relay, occupancy, lumens maintenance, dimming,
California Title 24, ambient light level, light harvesting, ballast,analog 0 to 10 V, reset, go unconfigured, communication I/O, inhibit and scenes are described in detail in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/213,497, filed Dec. 17, 1998, entitled “Network Based Electrical Control System With Distributed Sensing And Control,” incorporated herein by reference. - The
reset task 312 functions to place the controller into an initialization state. Variables are initialized, states of the various drivers are initialized, memory is cleared and the device begins executing its application code. The reset task executes at start up and at any other time it is called or the power is reset. The task functions to initialize the internal stack, service pin, internal state machines, external RAM, communication ports, timers and the scheduler. Before the application code begins executing, the oscillators are given a chance to stabilize. - The inhibit
task 314 provides the capability of inhibiting and overriding the normal operating mode of the device and possibly one or more other devices connected to the network. This task is intended to operate within an electrical network that is made up of a plurality of devices wherein one or more of the devices is capable of commanding a control device to remove and reapply electrical power from a logical load connected to it. The devices or nodes communicate with the control device over the communications network. - For example, in a network utilizing a plurality of sensors and a control unit coupled to one or more logical loads, wherein each logical load comprises one or more physical electrical loads, one of the device generates an inhibit signal that is communicated to the control unit. The control unit then propagates a feedback signal to the plurality of sensors. The sensor devices may comprise any type of sensor such as an occupancy sensor, switch or dimming sensor. Each sensor device is bound to its associated control unit. The one or more physical electrical loads are connected to the control unit. A feedback variable is bound from the control unit to each of the sensors.
- When one of the sensors is turned off, i.e., its switch setting is placed in the OFF position, the inhibit task is operative to inhibit the normal operating mode of all the other input sensors and the control unit. Note that the term ‘turning a device off’ includes switching the device off, disabling the device, placing the device in standby mode or tripping the device. There can be multiple sensor devices simultaneously in the off, disabled, standby or tripped mode. The control unit and its load remain inhibited until all the sensor devices are no longer in the off, disabled, standby or tripped mode. Thus, electrical power to the load controlled by the control unit remains disconnected until all sensor devices are in the on position.
- This feature is particularly suited to permit maintenance or service to be performed in a safe manner on (1) any of the sensors, i.e., switching, occupancy, dimming, etc. sensor devices, logically connected to the same control unit or on (2) the load physically connected to the control unit.
- The mode switch 160 (
FIG. 18 ) is used for placing the unit into an off, disabled, standby, tripped or maintenance inhibit mode. The switch means can be implemented using mechanical or electronic means or a combination of the two either at the device itself or remotely over a network via one or more control commands. Optionally, a pull out tab or mechanical arm can be used to put the input device into the maintenance off mode when it is pulled out. The pull out tab or mechanical arm would leave the input device in normal operating mode when pushed back in. - In either case, when the input device is placed in the off position, an inhibit message is sent to the control unit over the network. In response, electrical power to the attached load is removed. Subsequently, all other sensor devices that are bound to the same control unit are inhibited from causing power to be applied to the load. This permits safe access to the control unit and to the load for service or maintenance reasons. The normal operating mode of all the sensor devices connected to the same control unit is inhibited or overridden. Until all sensor devices that have previously been placed in the off mode are, put into the on mode and returned to their normal operating condition, all sensor devices are not permitted to change the state of the load or the control unit.
- Further details on the implementation of the inhibit task can be found in co-pending U.S. application Ser. No. 09/045,625, filed Mar. 20, 1998 entitled “Apparatus For And Method Of Inhibiting And Overriding An Electrical Control Device,” similarly assigned and incorporated herein by reference.
- The go
unconfigured task 316 provides the capability of placing a device (also refereed to as a node) in an unconfigured state. This is useful whenever the device needs to be placed in a certain state such as the unconfigured state. A major advantage of this feature is that it provides an installer of LonWorks based systems the ability to easily place the electrical device (the node) in an unconfigured state utilizing the same button 156 (FIG. 18 ) that is used in making a service request. - When the device is in the configured node state (also known as the normal operating mode state), the device is considered configured, the application is running and the configuration is considered valid. It is only in this state that both local and network derived messages destined for the application software layer are received. In the other states, i.e., the application-less and unconfigured states, these messages are discarded and the node status indicator 154 (
FIG. 18 ) is off. The node status indicator is typically a service light emitting diode (LED) that is used to indicate to a user the status of the node. - A device is referred to as configured if it is either in the hard off-line mode (i.e., an application is loaded but not running) or in the configured node state as described above. A node is considered unconfigured if it is either application-less or in the unconfigured state, i.e., no valid configuration in either case. Via the go unconfigured task, a user can force the device into the unconfigured state so that it can be re-bound to the network, i.e., the device must be ‘reset’ within the LonWorks system.
- More specifically, the term going unconfigured, is defined as having the execution application program loaded but without the configuration available. The configuration may either be (1) not loaded (2) being re-loaded or (3) deemed bad due to a configuration checksum error.
- In a LonWorks device, an executable application program can place its own node into the unconfigured state by calling the Neuron C built in function ‘go_unconfigured( )’. Using this built in function, an application program can determine, based on various parameters, whether or not an application should enter this state. When the device does enter the unconfigured state, theNode Status Indicator flashes at a rate of once per second.
- The unit of the present invention utilizes the service pin on the controller, e.g., Neuron chip, to place the node in an unconfigured state. Under control of the firmware built into the Neuron chip, the service pin is used during the configuration, installation and maintenance of the node embodying the Neuron chip. The firmware flashes an LED suitably connected to the service pin at a rate of ½ Hz when the Neuron chip has not been configured with network address information. When the service pin is grounded, the Neuron chip transmits a network management message containing its 48 bit unique ID on the network. A network management device to install and configure the node can then utilize the information contained within the message. The Neuron chip checks the state of the service pin on a periodic basis by the network processor firmware within the chip. Normally, the service pin is active low.
- Further details on the implementation of the go unconfigured task can be found in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/080,916, filed May 18, 1998 cited above.
- The communication I/
O task 318 functions in conjunction with the communication means located in the controller and the communication transceiver connected to the controller. The controller itself comprises means for receiving and transmitting information over the network. As described previously, the communications firmware for enabling communications over the network is built into the Neuron chip. Further details can be found in the Motorola Databook referenced above. - The
occupancy task 320 is used to detect occupancy and maintain the occupied state until no occupancy is detected. Theoccupancy task 320 implements the occupancy functionality of the unit. Typically, the output generated by the occupancy task is bound to a control unit or similar device, which controls electrical power to the load. The occupancy task performs the motion detection function and calculates application delay and/or hold times as required. The SNVT ‘SNVT_occupancy’ can be used in implementing the occupancy detection and reporting functions. - Along with the basic detection of motion, the occupancy task can utilize one or more configuration parameters that function to control the detection and reporting operations. In particular, a hold time parameter, e.g., SNVT_time_sec nciHoldTime, can be set which delays the reporting of a change from the occupied to unoccupied state. Note that preferably the occupancy sensor changes from the unoccupied state to the occupied state rapidly, but changes from the occupied to the unoccupied states after a delay. The purpose of the delay is to avoid unnecessary network traffic when the occupancy sensor is not detecting motion continuously. This is particularly useful when PIR detectors are employed in the sensor unit.
- The
occupancy task 320 functions to control a relay or dimming load in accordance with the detection of motion in an area. One or more occupancy sensor devices can be bound to a relay or dimming object within the controller. A network may include a plurality of occupancy sensors and a control unit coupled to a load. Typically, the occupancy sensors are bound via the network to the control unit. The load to be switched or dimmed is coupled to the control unit. In a LonWorks network, any number of sensors can be bound to the same object (load). The occupancy task does utilize any feedback from the control unit. In addition, more than one load can be connected to and controlled by the control unit. - In addition, a light-harvesting feature (described in more detail below) can be enabled or disabled for each input. This feature utilizes the light level sensed by an ambient light level sensor also connected to the network. When occupancy is detected, the sensor functions to generate a command that is sent to the occupancy task in the control unit. The command is sent via the setting of a value for a particular network variable. The occupancy task first checks the current level of the light. If light harvesting is enabled, the lights turn on in accordance with the light-harvesting task. The ambient light level is periodically checked and the brightness of the lights is adjusted accordingly. If light harvesting is not enabled, then the lights are turned on in accordance with the following Lighting Priority Order:
-
- 1. If the last light level value was not equal to zero, i.e., completely off or 0%, then the level of the lights will be set to the last dim level that was set at the time the lights were last turned off.
- 2. If the last light level value was equal to zero but the Preferred Level is not equal to zero then the level of the lights will be set to the Preferred Level value. Note that it is not desirable to set the lights to a 0% dim level, as confusion may arise whether the device is operating properly, since 0% dim appears as completely off.
- 3. If the last light level value was equal to zero and the Preferred Level is null then the level of the lights is set to maximum brightness, i.e., 100%.
Note that in each case, the light level is brought up the required level in gradual increments, resulting in a gradual turn on of the lighting load. The Preferred Level value (also referred to as the Happy State) is a brightness level that is calculated in order to reduce the number of writes to the EEPROM connected to the controller. The Preferred Level is generated by using a sliding check of the brightness levels set by the user over time. The Preferred Level is set if the light is turned on to the same brightness level a predetermined number of times consecutively, e.g., 5 times. If the current level is equal to the previous level the required number of times consecutively, then that particular brightness level is stored in EEPROM and a variable is set within the controller. The counter is reset once a current level does not match the current level. Note that a Preferred Level of zero is stored or permitted.
- As described above, the analog signal MOTON output by the occupancy sensor circuitry 194 (
FIG. 19 ) is input to one of the channels of the A/D converter. The digitized value is then input to the controller who reads it periodically. The MOTION signal is a bipolar analog signal adapted to the range of 0 to 5 V for input to the A/D converter. With a 12-bit A/D converter, the MOTION signal is converted into a value from 0 to 4196. The value 2300 is taken as the null motion level that represents no detected motion. - The controller functions to generate a window with high sense and a low sense values forming the boundaries of thresholds of the window. If the A/D value exceeds the high sense threshold or is lower than the low sense threshold, occupancy is declared. The high and low sense values are variable depending on the field of view/sensitivity setting set by the user. The values of the high and low sense thresholds for various field of view settings are presented below in Table 1.
TABLE 1 Field Of View Low Sense High Sense Delta Δ High 1900 2700 ±350 On 1700 2900 ±500 Medium 1300 3300 ±1000 Low 700 3900 ±2000 Off Occupancy Off - Thus, based on the field of view setting, occupancy is declared when the A/D value exceeds either the low or high sense thresholds. The larger the field of view, the smaller the window size, i.e., smaller A/D values cause occupancy to be declared. Conversely, the smaller the field of view, the larger the window size, i.e., larger A/D values cause occupancy to be declared.
- After either the low or high sense threshold is exceeded, the A/D value is tracked and the occupancy detect LED 186 (
FIG. 18 ) is illuminated. Once the value falls back below either threshold, a delay timer is started. The length of the timer is adjustable and is relatively short, e.g., 50 to 100 ms. If the A/D value remains within the threshold settings for the entire timer duration, the occupancy LED is extinguished and a hold timer is started. The occupancy state is not changed at this point and electrical power to the load is not removed. The hold timer counts a hold time duration that is settable over the network by a user. Only after the hold time is reached without the A/D value exceeding either threshold is the occupancy state removed and a network message is transmitted instructing the control unit to turn the load off. - For LonWorks based networks, the following output network variables may be used in implementing the occupancy sensor function: occupancy, occupancy numerical output and occupancy auxiliary state. The following input network variables may be used: hold time, maximum send time and field of view.
- A key feature of the unit is that both the field of view and the sensitivity of the occupancy sensor can be adjusted over the network. Optionally, adjustments can be scheduled at either specific or random time intervals as determined by a scheduler device that transmits commands to the unit. For example, the field of view can be automatically adjusted over the network in accordance with the time of day, time clock, scheduler or other devices or inputs such as a local set point button/slider or via a network management tool.
- The field of view and the sensitivity of the occupancy sensor can be changed by varying the threshold window that is used to process the MOTION signal (
FIG. 19 ) output of the occupancy sensor circuitry. The threshold information may reside in non-volatile memory, e.g., EEPROM, and can be altered over the network. It may also be stored in RAM and changed dynamically over the network. Different applications could employ the ability to adjust the field of view combined with the ability to set different levels, different polarities such as negative or positive response of the PIR, time frames or number of hits or cycles. - A user of the unit has the ability to select the desired field of view level between high, on, medium, low and off, representing fields of view >100%, 100%, 50%, 25% and off, respectively.
- The occupancy sensor can be overridden, i.e., ignored, in response to a scheduled or random input. For example, occupancy may be ignored during certain times of the day such as during nighttime hours. A switch can be bound with the occupancy sensor to provide an override function to turn the lights on at night or during off-hours. This feature is useful since the PIR detectors activate when they detect changes in heat or high levels of energy which are often generated, for example, by walkie talkies. Thus, this feature functions to minimize the ‘false ons’ that occur then the HVAC system is turned off at night or on in the morning.
- In addition, the unit may be adapted to require a sequence or combination of multiple sensor input activity from one or more devices in various locations before establishing that occupancy exists. This functions to reduce the effects of noise that may be present in the environment the unit is operative in.
- The ambient
light task 322 functions to measure the ambient light level and output the corresponding lux value. The ambientlight task 322 implements the ambient light functionality of the unit utilizing the LUX output of the ambient light sensor circuitry 196 (FIG. 20 ). The ambient light level task functions to maintain a particular lux level within an area, if the user enables this mode. The task receives ambient light sensor data from an ambient light sensor bound to it over the network. The ambient light sensor periodically sends lux reading updates to the ambient light level task. The lux level to be maintained is provided by the user. - The ambient light level task operates in conjunction with the occupancy sensor device and its related occupancy task. If an occupancy sensor detects motion, for example, the lights are controlled in accordance with the current ambient light level reading. If the light level is greater than or equal to the current maintenance lux level setting, then the lights are not turned on. If, on the other hand, the light level is greater than or equal to the current maintain lux level setting, then the light is turned on in accordance with the Lighting Priority Order described above.
- The ambient light sensor has the ability to detect different light levels and is self calibrated via the intrinsic gain in each device. The sensors can be calibrated in the field by taking two ambient light readings and entering the values into a network management tool that would then adjust the processing algorithm to produce a more accurate reading.
- One application of the ambient light feature is to maintain a particular lux level within an area. The ambient light task receives light level data from the ambient light sensor and transmits the lux readings to all devices bound to it over the network.
- The standard network variable SNVT_lux can be employed in the implementation of the ambient light task. In addition to the basic lux light level output, the light sensor object may input one or more parameters. In particular, the parameters may include the following:
-
- 1. location (nciLocation)—physical location of the light sensor.
- 2. reflection factor (nciReflection)—used to adjust the internal gain factor for the measured illumination level; this may be necessary because the amount of light reflected back to the sensor element from the surface might be different.
- 3. field calibration (nciFieldCalibr)—used by the light sensor to self calibrate the sensor circuitry; the ambient light value measured with an external lux meter is used as input to the light sensor which then adjusts its reflection factor to yield the same output value.
- 4. Minimum send time (nciMinSendT)—used to control the minimum period between network variable transmissions, i.e., the maximum transmission rate.
- 5. Maximum send time (nciMaxSendT)—used to control the maximum period of time that expires before the current lux level is transmitted; this provides a heartbeat output that can be used by bound objects to ensure that the light sensor is still functioning properly.
- 6. Send on delta (nciMinDelta)—used to determine the amount by which the value obtained by the ambient light sensor circuitry must change before the lux level is transmitted.
Note that these parameters are optional and may or may not be used in any particular implementation of the ambient light task.
- The ambient light sensor circuitry operates with an offset. A light level of zero lux generates approximately 1.6 V at the output of the A/D converter. In addition, the sensor and its housing are adapted to be sensitive to changes in light intensity on tabletops within the area to be covered. The cover (lens) positioned over the sensor so that light enters via the aperture 26 (
FIG. 1 ) in the switch cover. This arrangement, however, functions to attenuate the light even more. Thus, an offset and a correction factor must be applied to values read from the sensor. - A value from the sensor is read in to the controller periodically, e.g., every 100 ms. An average is computed for every 10 values read in. This number is then used to calculate a lux reading using the following expression,
The above equation yields a LUX value in the range of 0 to 2,500 lux. In addition, a user can supply a reflection coefficient that can be factored into the calculation of the lux value. The reflection coefficient is expressed as a number in the range of +/−3.0. The lux value calculated using the equation above is multiplied by the reflection coefficient to yield a lux value compensated for reflections. - Further, a linearity correction (slope offset correction adjustment or calibration factor) can be applied which typically varies from room to room. Two light readings are taken, one in bright light and the other in dim light. Two sets of readings are taken: one using the
unit 150 and the other set using an external sensor. The system installer can perform this procedure at the time the system is initially installed. - A diagram illustrating the relationship between the actual and measured lux versus light intensity is shown in
FIG. 28 . The linearity correction procedure described above, compensates for this slope offset. - The
temperature task 324 functions to read the TEMP signals generated by the temperature sensor circuitry 198 (FIG. 21 ). The TEMP value is converted to digital by the A/D converter 188 and read into thecontroller 190. The temperature sensor circuitry is adapted to output a TEMP value corresponding to a temperature in the range of 0 to 50° C. Assuming an A/D with 0 to 5 V output range, a temperature of 25° C. corresponds approximately to 2.5 V at the output of the A/D converter. - In accordance with the TEMP signal read in, a temperature value is calculated using the following,
The nonlinearity of the temperature sensor can be corrected for by applying a calibration correction using slope and offset adjustments in similar fashion as the occupancy task described above. - In addition, a standard network variable can be employed in the implementation of the temperature sensor task. In addition to the basic temperature output, the temperature sensor object may input one or more parameters. In particular, the parameters may include the following:
-
- 1. location (nciLocation)—physical location of the light sensor.
- 2. field calibration (nciFieldCalibr)—used by the temperature sensor to self calibrate the sensor circuitry; the temperature value measured with an external temperature sensor is used as input to the temperature sensor which then adjusts its algorithm to yield the same output value
- 3. Minimum send time (nciMinSendT)—used to control the minimum period between network variable transmissions, i.e., the maximum transmission rate
- 4. Maximum send time (nciMaxSendT)—used to control the maximum period of time that expires before the current temperature reading is transmitted; this provides a heartbeat output that can be used by bound objects to ensure that the temperature sensor is still functioning properly.
- 5. Send on delta (nciMi elta)—used to determine the amount by which the value obtained by the temperature sensor circuitry must change before the temperature reading is transmitted.
Note that these parameters are optional and may or may not be used in any particular implementation of the temperature sensor task.
- As described above, the temperature sensor and software include an offset calibration value that can be employed to calibrate the temperature sensor. Also, the speed at which the temperature value is sent over the network can be increased or decreased.
- A flow diagram illustrating the portion of the software used to read the temperature sensor in more detail is shown in
FIG. 29 . This process is performed on a periodic bases, e.g., every 100 ms. An average temperature reading is calculated every 10 cycles, i.e., once a second, in order to reduce the effect of transients and random fluctuations. First, it is checked whether the OUTPUT_TEMP flag is set (step 330). This flag is set true at the end of a cycle of 10 readings. If the flag is true, then the accumulated temperature variable TEMP_VALUE is reset to zero (step 332), the counter TEMP_COUNT is reset to zero (step 334) and the OUTPUT_TEMP flag is cleared (step 336). - If the flag is not set, these steps are skipped and control passes to step 338 wherein a temperature reading is input from the A/D converter (step 338). The value read in is added to TEMP_VALUE (step 340). The counter TEMP_COUNT is incremented (step 342). When the count reaches 10 (step 344), the TEMP_SENSOR flag is set (step 346). If 10 temperature values have not yet been read in, the process ends. Note that depending on the controller used to implement the invention, the count may exceed 10 such as when the event scheduler internal to the controller could not service the event fast enough due to high loading.
- A flow diagram illustrating the process temperature value portion of the software in more detail is shown in
FIGS. 30A and 30B . This routine is performed whenever the TEMP_SENSOR flag is set. First, the temperature readings are averaged by dividing TEMP_VALUE by TEMP_COUNT (step 350). The OUTPUT_TEMP flag is set so that a new set of readings can be accumulated (step 352). The digital number obtained for the average is converted to an equivalent number in degrees Celsius (step 353). After converting the average to degrees Celsius, one or more slope, offset and corrective algorithm adjustments are then performed (step 354). - The difference TD between the current temperature TC and the present temperature TP is then calculated: TD=TC−TP (step 355). The new current temperature TNC is calculated by applying the difference TD as a percent increase or decrease. For example, TNC=TC+TD−TC (step 356). Over time the difference temperature TD approaches zero (as does the slope of the rise or fall of the temperature relative to time) as the temperature begins to change more slowly and the room reaches a stable ambient. At this point, TNC will equal TC. The new current temperature is averaged to a predefined number of readings at a predefined interval taken over a given time period (step 357). The average is stored as a new uncalibrated temperature (step 358).
- It is then checked whether a TEMP_OFFSET update has been received over the network (step 359). If so, a new calibration offset temperature value is calculated (step 360). If no update has been received, the current temperature is calculated using the calibration offset (step 362).
- If the current temperature is changing at a rate faster than a predetermined rate (step 363), then it is assumed that either a false influence is occurring or a fire may exist in the vicinity of the device. As described previously, since the temperature sensor may be exposed to the open air, a ‘fast change algorithm’ can be employed which functions to recognize a rapid rate of change of temperature at the sensor, e.g., more than 15 degrees per 10 seconds. The rapid temperature change may either be due to someone placing their finger on the sensor, applying a heat gun, applying a cold compress or may be due to flames from a fire. The software routine, in response the detection of a rapid rate of change in temperature, can either send a warning message over the network or ignore the change in temperature, regarding it as an artificial heat/cold source. The device can be programmed to respond either way, i.e., sending temperature data over the network and having it acted upon or internally filtering it out and ignoring it.
- If a message is sent, the actual temperature value may or may not be sent depending on the configuration setup of the device. For example, if it is a false influence, the rapid change in temperature should be ignored and not displayed on the network or a local display, e.g., LCD display. To determine whether the current temperature is changing too fast, the previous temperature is compared to the current temperature. If the difference is too large per a specific time interval, then the method continues with
step 374. If not, the method continues withstep 364. - Next, the temperature reading just calculated is compared with the previous reading. If the difference is greater than a threshold (step 364) then the current temperature is transmitted over the network (step 366). If the difference is less than or equal to the threshold, the temperature is transmitted over the network (step 370) if the TEMP_TIMER timer expired (step 368). The timer is then reset (step 372).
- The previous temperature is set equal to the current temperature (step 374) and the TEMP_SENSOR flag is cleared (step 376).
- A flow diagram illustrating the set point adjustment portion of the software in more detail is shown in
FIG. 31 . The user interacts with the temperature set point adjustment features of the device via the up and down buttons 43 (FIG. 1 ). If either set point button is pressed for more than a predetermined time interval, e.g., 3 seconds (step 580), the currently configured set point is displayed (step 582). At this point, if either set point button is pressed (step 584), the current set point is incremented or decremented depending on which set point button was pressed (step 586). If neither set point button is pressed for longer than a predefined length of time, e.g., 10 seconds (step 588), the display shows the current temperature (step 590). - A flow diagram illustrating the thermostat portion of the software in more detail is shown in
FIG. 32 . This routine is run on a continuously basis and may be adapted to run in the LonWorks programming and operating environment. In particular, the method may be implemented by creating one or more events that are periodically monitored. When an occurrence is detected, the corresponding procedure is executed. - First, the current temperature reading is compared to the currently configured set point (step 600). If the current temperature has fallen below or risen above a predefined range or difference, e.g., +/−1.5 degrees Celsius (step 610), then cooling, heating and/or a fan is turned on (step 612) and a hold timer is set (step 614). Note that in this step and the steps that follow, the cooling, heating and fan can be controlled by a variety of ways, such as the following alone or in combination: via one or more network updates, via a relay toggle wherein the relay is integral with the device or is situated remotely on the network.
- If the current temperature falls within the predefined range or difference, e.g., +/−1.5 degrees Celsius (step 610), then cooling, heating and/or a fan is turned off (step 632) and a hold timer is stopped (step 634).
- Once the hold timer has expired (step 616), it is checked whether the current temperature has fallen below or risen above a predefined range, e.g., +/−1.5 degree Celsius (step 618). If it has, cooling, heating and/or a fan is turned off (step 620) and a wait timer is set (step 622).
- Once the wait timer expires (step 624), it is checked whether the temperature has fallen below or risen above a predefined range (step 626), e.g., +/−1.5 degrees Celsius. If it has, control continues with
step 612 and the cooling, heating and/or fan is turned on. - A flow diagram illustrating the fast change portion of the software in more detail is shown in
FIG. 33 . The temperature is first calculated (step 640) and then stored as a fast change temperature value (step 642). A fast change timer is then set (step 644). When the fast change timer expires (step 646), the stored fast change temperature is compared to the current temperature (step 648). - If the temperature difference falls below or above a predefined range (step 650), e.g., 15 degrees Celsius, then do not update the temperature value and send a warning message via the network and/or set a beeping signal at a slow interval (step 652). A fast change timer is then set (step 654).
- The current temperature exceeds a predefined alert temperature, e.g., 50 degrees Celsius (step 656), then send an alert message via the network and/or set a beeping signal at a fast interval (step 658).
- The
humidity task 323 is operative to periodically sense the current humidity level via the HUM. signal output of thehumidity sensor circuit 199. Depending on the desired application, the humidity reading measured can be displayed locally and/or transmitted to a remote location via the network, such as to a central monitoring station. - The
relay task 313 functions to control the on and off state of the one or more relays connected to the unit. Each relay has an associated relay driver circuit 490 (FIG. 24 ) and a relay load. Using network variables within the context of a LonWorks based network, the relay task may respond, i.e., be bound, to various network variables. The relay task may be suitably programmed to respond to settings of an ON/AUTO/OFF switch on a switch or dimming device. If the switching input value is set to on, then the relay is turned on regardless of the setting of a bound occupancy sensor device or other sensor device. Thus, if a user turns the switch to the ON position, the relay task would respond by turning the relay on provided that the control unit is not in the inhibited sate (described in more detail hereinbelow). The relay would stay on, regardless of the state of other bound sensor devices such as occupancy sensor devices. The relay task also responds to the on/off commands from a bound switch device, turning the relay on and off accordingly. When in the AUTO state, the relay load is controlled by the sensors bound to it over the network. - The
relay task 313 also comprises means of controlling the relay load locally via one or more switch integral to the device. The relay task is adapted to optionally control the relay load in response to various sensors within the device, e.g., temperature, humidity, motion, ambient light. - The dimming
task 326 implements the dimming functionality of the unit and functions to control a dimming load connected to a control unit or other dimming device directly or via the network. Theunit 150 is connected to the network and bound to one or more control units. Brighten and dim commands are generated by the dimming task and transmitted onto the network. In response, the dimming task in the corresponding control units brightens or dims its associated dimming load accordingly. - A network may utilize a plurality of dimming sensors and a control unit coupled to a logical dimming load. The plurality of dimming sensors is bound to the control unit via the network. The logical dimming load, represented by one or more physical dimming electrical loads, is connected to the control unit. Note that the control unit may be adapted to control any number of logical or physical dimming loads. In addition, a feedback signal is bound from the control unit to each of the
units 150. It is also the intent of the invention to allow for the dimming element and software to be incorporated within thesensor device 110 as well. That is, the control unit described above was described as a separate device for illustration purposes only, i.e., as an illustration of how the loads can be dimmed, and does not necessarily have to be constructed as a separate device. - On each of the
units 150, the brightness level is adjusted by pressing a switch 28 (FIG. 1 ), 122, 124 (FIG. 9 ), 123, 125 (FIG. 10 ). Pressing on the switch increases the brightness level by an incremental amount, e.g., ½ or 1 full unit of resolution if the feedback equals zero. When the switch is pressed, a command is sent from the unit to the control unit that it is bound to. To dim the light, the switch is pressed again which causes a command to be sent to the control unit instructing it to dim the load bound to it. - Note that on single switch units, the single switch performs either on/off control or brighten/dim control. On two-switch units, on/off and brighten/dim control are provided for each load. Unit 110 (
FIG. 10 ) alternatively uses two switches (an up and a down) to control single dimming load. - If the light was previously off, i.e., feedback equals zero, then quickly tapping the switch will turn the lights on in accordance with the Lighting Priority Order described above. Once on, a quick tap on the switch will turn the lights off. Once on, if the switch is pressed and held, the brightness level increases until the maximum brightness level is reached at which point no further action occurs. As the light level ramps up, the user ceases holding the switch and the light level reached at that point is used. Maximum brightness can be achieved faster by quickly tapping twice on the switch. Similarly, pressing and holding the switch causes the light level to dim until the user cases holding the switch. Continuously holding the switch causes the light to dim to the completely off level.
- If more than one
unit 150 sensor is bound to the same dimming load in the control unit, then feedback is used to communicate information from the control unit to each of the units bound to it. Feedback is utilized to inform the other units that are also controlling the dimming load as to the state of the dimming load. Thus, all the units are synchronized and via feedback from the control unit are able to effectively track the actions of each other. The control unit preferably sends the feedback information after each command is received. For example, feedback may be sent to all thebound unit 200 ms after the last command related to the light level is received. - The dimming
task 326 also functions to control a dimming load that is connected to the device itself utilizing the dimmingcircuitry 510, 530 (FIGS. 25 and 26 ). The above description of the dimming functions apply with the difference that commands are not sent over the network but the local dimming circuits are actuated directly. - The dimming
task 326 also comprises a ballast dimming capability which functions similarly to the dimming function described above but is adapted to control fluorescent lights. The ballast dimming circuit 510 (FIG. 25 ) outputs a 0 to 10 V signal that is input to an electronic ballast. In response to the level of the signal, the light level of the fluorescent lamp is set accordingly. The relay and 0 to 10 V dinuning ballast functions can be used together to provide approximately 0 to 99.9% dimming and then a positive off by opening the relay. The light bar underneath the user interface rocker switch or touch sensitive screen or plate is illuminated to the appropriate level indicating the relative lighting level in the room. - The power on/off
task 328 functions to control the on and off control of a relay in the control unit that is bound to the unit. The task functions similarly to the dimming task, with the difference being that the load is turned off and on rather than dimmed and brightened. Similar to the case of dimming, the on/off control of a load also may include binding a feedback variable to all the dimmer/switch units bound to a particular load connected to the control unit. - Each relay in the control unit has an associated relay driver circuit and a relay load. Using network variables within the context of a LonWorks based network, the task may respond, i.e., be bound, to various network variables and/or other input. For example, the task may be suitably programmed to respond to settings of the ON/AUTO/OFF mode switch 160 (
FIG. 14 ) on the unit. If the mode is set to on, then the relay is turned on regardless of the setting of a bound occupancy sensor device or other sensor device. Thus, if a user turns the switch to the ON position, the task functions to transmit a command to the control unit to turn the relay on (provided that the control unit is not in the inhibited sate). The relay would stay on, regardless of the state of other bound sensor devices such as occupancy sensor devices. The task also responds to the on/off commands from the switch 28 (FIG. 1 ); 122, 124 (FIG. 9 ), turning the relay on and off accordingly. When in the AUTO state, the relay load is controlled by switch closures on theunit 150 via variables bound to it over the network. - The
California Title 24task 329 functions to modify the operation of the power on/off and dimming tasks. This task prevents the relay or dimming load from turning on when there is sufficient light. Thus, the occupancy sensor or switch input sensor bound to the relay or dimming load attached to the control unit will not be able to turn the respective load on. In addition, if a sensor has already turned the load on, a switch input can only turn them off but not back on. - In connection with the dimming task described above, if there is sufficient light in the room, the lights will not turn on or brighten to a ‘turn on’ or brighten command from a unit bound to the light.
- In connection with the
occupancy task 320, the lights will not turn on if there is sufficient light in the room. In theCalifornia Title 24 mode, the lights may only be turned on via the occupancy sensor circuitry detecting motion. A user may, however, dim the lights and turn them off via a switch. A user may brighten the lights but they will immediately dim in accordance with the light harvesting setting, if light harvesting is active. If light harvesting is not active, attempting to brighten and/or turn the lights on via a switch will have no effect. - While the invention has been described with respect to a limited number of embodiments, it will be appreciated that many variations, modifications and other applications of the invention may be made.
Claims (61)
1-59 (Canceled)
60. A multiple sensor and control device for use on a local operating network, comprising:
a communications transceiver for transmitting and receiving data between said multiple sensor device and said local operating network;
a plurality of sensor devices each sensor device adapted to measure a physical phenomenon; and
control means for determining a level of electrical power to be applied to a load electrically connected to said multiple sensor and control device.
61. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said sensor device comprises a motion sensor.
62. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said sensor device comprises motion sensing circuitry including a passive infrared (PIR) sensor.
63. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said sensor device comprises an ambient light sensor.
64. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said sensor device comprises ambient light sensing circuitry including a photodiode.
65. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said sensor device comprises a temperature sensor.
66. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said sensor device comprises temperature sensing circuitry including said temperature sensor element.
67. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said sensor device comprises a humidity sensor.
68. The device according to claim 60 , further comprising a housing to accommodate at least one of said communication transceiver, plurality of sensor devices and said control means.
69. The device according to claim 68 , wherein said housing comprises a cavity adapted to contain a temperature sensor element wherein said cavity is substantially sealed from the rest of said device but open to the environment via a vent such that said temperature sensor element is coupled to the surrounding environment but is neither exposed to the flow of air in the surrounding area nor lies in an airflow channel within said device, the temperature of the air within said cavity changing via diffusion with the air in the surrounding environment.
70. The device according to claim 68 , wherein said housing comprises a cavity adapted to contain a temperature sensor element wherein said cavity is substantially sealed from the rest of said device but open to the environment via a vent in combination with one or more channels adapted to direct air flow in from said vent, over said temperature sensing element, through said channels and out one or more vent holes located on the front surface of said housing.
71. The device according to claim 68 , further comprising a pedestal within said housing wherein a temperature sensor element is positioned at a distance from a printed circuit board, said pedestal adapted to substantially environmentally seal said cavity from an inner portion of said housing.
72. The device according to claim 68 , wherein said housing comprises openings on one side only so as to direct airflow through an area that does not impact any circuitry located therewithin.
73. The device according to claim 60 , further comprising means for communicating one or more quantities representing measured said physical phenomena over said local operating network.
74. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said control means comprises relay control circuitry.
75. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said control means comprises ballast dimming circuitry.
76. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said control means comprises dimming circuitry.
77. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said control means comprises at least one electrical switch means operable by a user for turning electrical power to a load on and off, said device operative to communicate the actions of said user over said local operating network.
78. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said control means comprises at least one electrical switch means operable by a user for brightening and dimming a logical electrical lighting load, said device operative to communicate the actions of said user over said communications network.
79. The device according to claim 60 , further comprising one or more movable or translucent blinders for adjusting the field of view or amount of radiation falling on one or more motion detectors.
80. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said blinder comprises an elongated shutter portion supported by a lower wall and an upper wall, said blinder pivotally mounted via a cylindrical stud wherein said blinder pivots on an axis perpendicular to said cylindrical stud.
81. The multiple sensor device according to claim 60 , wherein said software application task comprises relay software application code for controlling the power on/off state of one or more lighting loads bound to and/or physically connection to said device.
82. The device according to claim 60 , further comprising a controller programmed to:
execute one or more software application tasks stored in a memory means for storing information;
receive information over said local operating network from one or more electrical devices; and
transmit information over said local operating network to one or more electrical devices.
83. The device according to claim 82 , wherein said software application task comprises dimming software application code for providing dimming and brightening control of one or more dimming loads bound to said device.
84. The device according to claim 82 , wherein said software application task comprises occupancy software application code for controlling a logical lighting load bound to said device in accordance with the detection of motion in an area.
85. The device according to claim 82 , wherein said software application task comprises California Title 24 software application code for modifying relay and dimming functionality in accordance therewith.
86. The device according to claim 82 , wherein said software application task comprises ambient light level software application code for maintaining a particular light level within an area.
87. The device according to claim 82 , wherein said software application task comprises reset software application code for placing said device in an initialization state.
88. The device according to claim 82 , wherein said software application task comprises go unconfigured software application code for placing said device in an unconfigured state.
89. The device according to claim 82 , wherein said software application task comprises communication input/output (I/O) software application code for receiving data from and/or transmitting data to said local operating network.
90. The device according to claim 82 , wherein said software application task comprises inhibit software application code for inhibiting and overriding the normal operating mode of said device.
91. The device according to claim 82 , wherein said software application task comprises temperature software application code for measuring the temperature of the area surrounding said device.
92. The device according to claim 82 , wherein said software application task comprises temperature software application code for providing a thermostat function adapted to control temperature by controlling artificial and natural cooling, heating and/or fan means.
93. The device according to claim 82 , wherein said software application task comprises fast change application code for detecting rapid increases in temperature and in response thereto sending a warning message over said local operating network.
94. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said local operating network comprises twisted pair wiring.
95. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said local operating network comprises radio frequency (RF) communications.
96. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said local operating network comprises infrared communications.
97. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said local operating network comprises optical communication over optical fiber.
98. The multiple sensor device according to claim 60 , wherein said local operating network comprises power line carrier communications.
99. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said local operating network comprises coaxial communications.
100. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said local operating network utilizes a standard protocol such as LonWorks, CEBus, X10, BACNet and CAN or any other proprietary protocol.
101. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said memory means comprises random access memory (RAM).
102. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said memory means comprises read only memory (ROM).
103. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said memory means comprises electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM).
104. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said communications transceiver comprises a twisted pair wiring transceiver.
105. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said communications transceiver comprises a radio frequency (RF) transceiver.
106. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said communications transceiver comprises a power line carrier transceiver.
107. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said communications transceiver comprises an infrared (IR) transceiver.
108. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said communications transceiver comprises an optical fiber transceiver.
109. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said communications transceiver comprises a coaxial cable transceiver.
110. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said communications transceiver comprises an FFT-10A twisted pair wiring transceiver.
111. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said controller comprises a Neuron 3120 integrated circuit.
112. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said controller comprises a microprocessor, microcontroller or custom integrated circuit that employs the LonTalk EIA 709.1 protocol.
113. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said load comprises one or more physical electrical lighting loads.
114. The device according to claim 60 , wherein said load comprises one or more logical electrical lighting loads.
115. The device according to claim 60 , further comprising a press to release button adapted to permit the device to be removed from a wall and used as a remote control as well as a regular wall mounted or table top switch or dimmer, sensor or thermostat and adapted to control natural and artificial lighting, temperature and humidity devices.
116. The device according to claim 60 , further comprising a display adapted to display a timer readout.
117. The device according to claim 60 , further comprising a display adapted to display the time of day.
118. The device according to claim 60 , further comprising a display adapted to display temperature.
119. The device according to claim 60 , further comprising a light bar adapted to display the illumination state of a lighting load.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/951,244 US20050043907A1 (en) | 1998-05-18 | 2004-09-27 | Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US8581498P | 1998-05-18 | 1998-05-18 | |
US09/701,115 US6798341B1 (en) | 1998-05-18 | 1999-05-14 | Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control |
US10/951,244 US20050043907A1 (en) | 1998-05-18 | 2004-09-27 | Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US1999/010769 Continuation WO1999060538A1 (en) | 1998-05-18 | 1999-05-14 | Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control |
US09/701,115 Continuation US6798341B1 (en) | 1998-05-18 | 1999-05-14 | Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20050043907A1 true US20050043907A1 (en) | 2005-02-24 |
Family
ID=32993346
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/701,115 Expired - Lifetime US6798341B1 (en) | 1998-05-18 | 1999-05-14 | Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control |
US10/951,244 Abandoned US20050043907A1 (en) | 1998-05-18 | 2004-09-27 | Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US09/701,115 Expired - Lifetime US6798341B1 (en) | 1998-05-18 | 1999-05-14 | Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US6798341B1 (en) |
Cited By (227)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20030028260A1 (en) * | 1999-07-14 | 2003-02-06 | Blackwell Michael K. | Systems and methods for controlling programmable lighting systems |
US20050150967A1 (en) * | 2004-01-08 | 2005-07-14 | Maple Chase Company | System and method for reducing energy consumption by a water heater and thermostat for use therewith |
US20050220146A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-06 | Jung Edward K Y | Transmission of aggregated mote-associated index data |
US20050220142A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-06 | Jung Edward K Y | Aggregating mote-associated index data |
US20050227736A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-13 | Jung Edward K Y | Mote-associated index creation |
US20050227686A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-13 | Jung Edward K Y | Federating mote-associated index data |
US20050255841A1 (en) * | 2004-05-12 | 2005-11-17 | Searete Llc | Transmission of mote-associated log data |
US20050254520A1 (en) * | 2004-05-12 | 2005-11-17 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Transmission of aggregated mote-associated log data |
US20050256667A1 (en) * | 2004-05-12 | 2005-11-17 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Federating mote-associated log data |
US20050267960A1 (en) * | 2004-05-12 | 2005-12-01 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Mote-associated log creation |
US20050265388A1 (en) * | 2004-05-12 | 2005-12-01 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Aggregating mote-associated log data |
US20060004888A1 (en) * | 2004-05-21 | 2006-01-05 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Delaware | Using mote-associated logs |
US20060026132A1 (en) * | 2004-07-27 | 2006-02-02 | Jung Edward K Y | Using mote-associated indexes |
US20060046711A1 (en) * | 2004-07-30 | 2006-03-02 | Jung Edward K | Discovery of occurrence-data |
US20060064402A1 (en) * | 2004-07-27 | 2006-03-23 | Jung Edward K Y | Using federated mote-associated indexes |
US20060062252A1 (en) * | 2004-06-30 | 2006-03-23 | Jung Edward K | Mote appropriate network power reduction techniques |
US20060079285A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2006-04-13 | Jung Edward K Y | Transmission of mote-associated index data |
US20060086062A1 (en) * | 2004-10-27 | 2006-04-27 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostatic controller with decorative faceplate |
US20060114637A1 (en) * | 2004-11-30 | 2006-06-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Fanless building ventilator |
US20060112708A1 (en) * | 2004-11-30 | 2006-06-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Corona-discharge air mover and purifier for packaged terminal and room air conditioners |
US20060112829A1 (en) * | 2004-11-30 | 2006-06-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Fanless indoor air quality treatment |
US20060152867A1 (en) * | 2004-10-15 | 2006-07-13 | Gaetano Bonasia | Circuit interrupting apparatus with remote test and reset activation |
US20060208099A1 (en) * | 2004-01-08 | 2006-09-21 | Maple Chase Company | System and method for controlling appliances and thermostat for use therewith |
US20060266949A1 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2006-11-30 | Hubbell Incorporated. | Occupancy sensor assembly |
US7155317B1 (en) * | 2004-08-20 | 2006-12-26 | Nhan Tran | Occupant Counter Control Switch for automatic turning on and off electrical appliances in a room |
US20070040676A1 (en) * | 2005-08-22 | 2007-02-22 | John Bandringa | Low voltage occupancy sensor |
US20070045433A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostat display system providing animated icons |
US20070045443A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Adjustable display resolution for thermostat |
US20070045444A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostat including set point number line |
US20070045429A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Time of day zoning climate control system and method |
US20070045442A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostat display system providing backlight warning |
US20070045431A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Occupancy-based zoning climate control system and method |
US20070045430A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporation Of Delaware | Thermostat display system providing adjustable backlight and indicators |
US20070050732A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Proportional scroll bar for menu driven thermostat |
US20070045441A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostat configuration wizard |
US20070162536A1 (en) * | 2005-11-18 | 2007-07-12 | Michael Ostrovsky | Communication network for controlling devices |
US20070228182A1 (en) * | 2006-03-31 | 2007-10-04 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostat with single button access to a menu of commonly used functions |
US20070229297A1 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2007-10-04 | Leonard Thomas W | Occupancy sensor powerbase |
US20070230144A1 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2007-10-04 | Engel John B | Low labor enclosure assembly |
US20070230142A1 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2007-10-04 | Engel John B | Zero parts strain relief |
US20070246556A1 (en) * | 2006-03-27 | 2007-10-25 | Patterson Wade C | Water heating system and method |
US20070248143A1 (en) * | 2006-03-27 | 2007-10-25 | Phillips Terry G | Water heating systems and methods |
US20070246552A1 (en) * | 2006-03-27 | 2007-10-25 | Patterson Wade C | Water heating systems and methods |
US20070246551A1 (en) * | 2004-08-26 | 2007-10-25 | Phillips Terry G | Modular control system and method for water heaters |
US20070246557A1 (en) * | 2006-03-27 | 2007-10-25 | Phillips Terry G | Water heating systems and methods |
US20070257120A1 (en) * | 2006-05-02 | 2007-11-08 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Tabbed interface for thermostat |
US20070277542A1 (en) * | 2006-05-30 | 2007-12-06 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Auto-balancing damper control |
US20080015740A1 (en) * | 2001-09-10 | 2008-01-17 | Osann Robert Jr | Temperature control system with multiple networked sensors |
US20080024605A1 (en) * | 2001-09-10 | 2008-01-31 | Osann Robert Jr | Concealed pinhole camera for video surveillance |
US20080064338A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2008-03-13 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Mote networks using directional antenna techniques |
US20080136581A1 (en) * | 2005-06-09 | 2008-06-12 | Whirlpool Corporation | smart current attenuator for energy conservation in appliances |
US20080157938A1 (en) * | 2007-01-03 | 2008-07-03 | Sehat Sutardja | Time updating and load management systems |
US20080161977A1 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2008-07-03 | Honeywell International Inc. | HVAC Zone Controller |
US20080223943A1 (en) * | 2007-03-15 | 2008-09-18 | Honeywell International Inc. | Variable Speed Blower Control In An HVAC System Having A Plurality of Zones |
US20080251590A1 (en) * | 2007-04-13 | 2008-10-16 | Honeywell International Inc. | Hvac staging control |
US20090028372A1 (en) * | 2007-07-23 | 2009-01-29 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Light fixture with sound capability |
US20090052495A1 (en) * | 2007-08-21 | 2009-02-26 | Hong Fu Jin Precision Industry (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd | Thermal testing apparatus |
US20090102677A1 (en) * | 2006-11-14 | 2009-04-23 | Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc. | Rf antenna integrated into a control device installed into a wall switch box |
US20090119267A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2009-05-07 | Jung Edward K Y | Aggregation and retrieval of network sensor data |
US7538285B2 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2009-05-26 | Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc. | Electrical control device |
US20090150356A1 (en) * | 2007-12-02 | 2009-06-11 | Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc. | Method For Discovering Network of Home or Building Control Devices |
US20090212967A1 (en) * | 2004-10-15 | 2009-08-27 | Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc | Circuit Interrupting System with Remote Test And Reset Activation |
US20090216713A1 (en) * | 2004-06-25 | 2009-08-27 | Jung Edward K Y | Using federated mote-associated logs |
US7614567B2 (en) | 2006-01-10 | 2009-11-10 | Ranco Incorporated of Deleware | Rotatable thermostat |
US20090282156A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2009-11-12 | Jung Edward K Y | Occurrence data detection and storage for mote networks |
US20090293816A1 (en) * | 2005-05-11 | 2009-12-03 | Patterson Wade C | System and method for estimating and indicating temperature characteristics of temperature controlled liquids |
US20090319551A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2009-12-24 | Jung Edward K Y | Occurrence data detection and storage for generalized sensor networks |
US7685323B1 (en) * | 2007-07-31 | 2010-03-23 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Automatic configuration of devices in a network |
US20100073165A1 (en) * | 2008-09-24 | 2010-03-25 | Honeywell International Inc. | Microwave motion detector with target angle detection |
US20100082178A1 (en) * | 2008-09-29 | 2010-04-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method to dynamically change data center partitions |
US20100082134A1 (en) * | 2004-08-26 | 2010-04-01 | Phillips Terry G | Modular control system and method for a water heater |
US20100148672A1 (en) * | 2008-12-11 | 2010-06-17 | Michael Blair Hopper | Energy Efficient Lighting System and Method |
US20100191487A1 (en) * | 2009-01-26 | 2010-07-29 | Geneva Clean Tech Inc. | Energy usage monitoring with remote display and automatic detection of appliance including graphical user interface |
US7791282B2 (en) | 2006-11-28 | 2010-09-07 | Hubbell Incorporated | Motion sensor switch for 3-way light circuit and method of lighting control using the same |
US20100237711A1 (en) * | 2009-03-18 | 2010-09-23 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Occupancy Sensing With Device Clock |
US20100289418A1 (en) * | 2009-05-14 | 2010-11-18 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | Electronic circuit for dc conversion of fluorescent lighting ballast |
US20100301729A1 (en) * | 2009-06-02 | 2010-12-02 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | Screw-in led bulb |
CN101999252A (en) * | 2008-04-02 | 2011-03-30 | 基因能源伙伴公司 | Building optimization system and lighting switch with adaptive blind, window and air quality controls |
US20110077780A1 (en) * | 2006-11-30 | 2011-03-31 | Honeywell International Inc. | Hvac controller with checkout utility |
US7926975B2 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2011-04-19 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | Light distribution using a light emitting diode assembly |
US7938562B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2011-05-10 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | Lighting including integral communication apparatus |
US7946729B2 (en) | 2008-07-31 | 2011-05-24 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | Fluorescent tube replacement having longitudinally oriented LEDs |
US20110127026A1 (en) * | 2009-02-24 | 2011-06-02 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | System and Method for Reducing the Thermal Inertia of an Electronic Display |
US7976196B2 (en) | 2008-07-09 | 2011-07-12 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | Method of forming LED-based light and resulting LED-based light |
WO2011091444A1 (en) * | 2010-01-25 | 2011-07-28 | Geneva Cleantech Inc. | Automatic detection of appliances |
US20110210253A1 (en) * | 2009-10-29 | 2011-09-01 | Suren Systems, Ltd. | Infrared Motion Sensor |
US20110234107A1 (en) * | 2010-03-26 | 2011-09-29 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | Led light with thermoelectric generator |
US20110245940A1 (en) * | 2010-04-01 | 2011-10-06 | Picco Michael L | Configurable Wall-Mount Touch Screen Switch |
US8033716B1 (en) * | 2006-08-23 | 2011-10-11 | Troy Marcus Tandy | Refrigeration temperature monitoring system and associated temperature display |
US20120013434A1 (en) * | 2010-07-19 | 2012-01-19 | Samsung Led Co., Ltd. | Wireless sensing module, wireless lighting controlling apparatus and wireless lighting system |
US8118447B2 (en) | 2007-12-20 | 2012-02-21 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | LED lighting apparatus with swivel connection |
WO2012026940A1 (en) * | 2010-08-26 | 2012-03-01 | Cooper Technologies Company | Utility-driven energy-load management with adaptive fan control during load-control events |
US8214084B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2012-07-03 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Integration of LED lighting with building controls |
US20120206266A1 (en) * | 2011-02-15 | 2012-08-16 | William Moons | Heat Detection System |
US8256924B2 (en) | 2008-09-15 | 2012-09-04 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED-based light having rapidly oscillating LEDs |
US8324817B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2012-12-04 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light and light sensor |
US20120318657A1 (en) * | 2011-06-15 | 2012-12-20 | Encelium Holdings, Inc. | Switch |
US8362710B2 (en) | 2009-01-21 | 2013-01-29 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Direct AC-to-DC converter for passive component minimization and universal operation of LED arrays |
US8360599B2 (en) | 2008-05-23 | 2013-01-29 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Electric shock resistant L.E.D. based light |
US8421366B2 (en) | 2009-06-23 | 2013-04-16 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Illumination device including LEDs and a switching power control system |
US8444292B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2013-05-21 | Ilumisys, Inc. | End cap substitute for LED-based tube replacement light |
US8454193B2 (en) | 2010-07-08 | 2013-06-04 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Independent modules for LED fluorescent light tube replacement |
US20130140895A1 (en) * | 2011-12-02 | 2013-06-06 | Whe-Ching LEE | Socket having loading detecting function |
US8478447B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2013-07-02 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Computational load distribution in a climate control system having plural sensing microsystems |
US8511576B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2013-08-20 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Power management in energy buffered building control unit |
US8511577B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2013-08-20 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Thermostat with power stealing delay interval at transitions between power stealing states |
WO2012068507A3 (en) * | 2010-11-19 | 2013-08-29 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Thermostat with integrated sensing systems |
US8523394B2 (en) | 2010-10-29 | 2013-09-03 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Mechanisms for reducing risk of shock during installation of light tube |
US8532827B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2013-09-10 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Prospective determination of processor wake-up conditions in energy buffered HVAC control unit |
US8539567B1 (en) | 2012-09-22 | 2013-09-17 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Multi-tiered authentication methods for facilitating communications amongst smart home devices and cloud-based servers |
US8540401B2 (en) | 2010-03-26 | 2013-09-24 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED bulb with internal heat dissipating structures |
US8556452B2 (en) | 2009-01-15 | 2013-10-15 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED lens |
US8594850B1 (en) | 2012-09-30 | 2013-11-26 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Updating control software on a network-connected HVAC controller |
US8596813B2 (en) | 2010-07-12 | 2013-12-03 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Circuit board mount for LED light tube |
US8620841B1 (en) | 2012-08-31 | 2013-12-31 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Dynamic distributed-sensor thermostat network for forecasting external events |
US8627127B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2014-01-07 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Power-preserving communications architecture with long-polling persistent cloud channel for wireless network-connected thermostat |
US8653984B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2014-02-18 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Integration of LED lighting control with emergency notification systems |
US8659302B1 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2014-02-25 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Monitoring and recoverable protection of thermostat switching circuitry |
US8664880B2 (en) | 2009-01-21 | 2014-03-04 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Ballast/line detection circuit for fluorescent replacement lamps |
US8674626B2 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2014-03-18 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED lamp failure alerting system |
US20140085092A1 (en) * | 2012-09-21 | 2014-03-27 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Cover plate for a hazard detector having improved air flow and other characteristics |
US8695888B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2014-04-15 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Electronically-controlled register vent for zone heating and cooling |
US8708242B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2014-04-29 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Thermostat system with software-repurposable wiring terminals adaptable for HVAC systems of different ranges of complexity |
US8727611B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2014-05-20 | Nest Labs, Inc. | System and method for integrating sensors in thermostats |
US20140246567A1 (en) * | 2011-03-28 | 2014-09-04 | Rahul Goyal | Method and Apparatus for a Switch Having a Light Pipe for Combined LED Display and Light Level Sensing |
US20140265838A1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-18 | HELLA KGaA and Company | A vehicle control device comprising a coded resistor and a passive temperature sensor |
US8843239B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2014-09-23 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Methods, systems, and related architectures for managing network connected thermostats |
US20140286636A1 (en) * | 2013-03-25 | 2014-09-25 | Formerica Optoelectronics Inc. | Optical Transceiver Device |
US8866396B2 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2014-10-21 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US8870415B2 (en) | 2010-12-09 | 2014-10-28 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED fluorescent tube replacement light with reduced shock hazard |
CN104123460A (en) * | 2014-07-22 | 2014-10-29 | 上海申瑞继保电气有限公司 | Method for calculating refrigeration air conditioning degree days of public building |
US8891001B2 (en) * | 2012-10-04 | 2014-11-18 | Non Typical, Inc. | Automated camera assembly with infrared detector curtain |
US8901823B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2014-12-02 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light and light sensor |
US8944338B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2015-02-03 | Google Inc. | Thermostat with self-configuring connections to facilitate do-it-yourself installation |
US8958918B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2015-02-17 | Genea Energy Partners, Inc. | Building optimization system and lighting switch with adaptive blind, window and air quality controls |
US9007222B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2015-04-14 | Google Inc. | Detector unit and sensing chamber therefor |
US9020769B2 (en) | 2009-01-26 | 2015-04-28 | Geneva Cleantech Inc. | Automatic detection of appliances |
US9026232B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2015-05-05 | Google Inc. | Thermostat user interface |
US9046414B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2015-06-02 | Google Inc. | Selectable lens button for a hazard detector and method therefor |
US9057493B2 (en) | 2010-03-26 | 2015-06-16 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED light tube with dual sided light distribution |
US9072171B2 (en) | 2011-08-24 | 2015-06-30 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Circuit board mount for LED light |
US9091453B2 (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2015-07-28 | Google Inc. | Enclosure cooling using early compressor turn-off with extended fan operation |
US9092039B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2015-07-28 | Google Inc. | HVAC controller with user-friendly installation features with wire insertion detection |
US9098096B2 (en) | 2012-04-05 | 2015-08-04 | Google Inc. | Continuous intelligent-control-system update using information requests directed to user devices |
US9124130B2 (en) | 2009-07-30 | 2015-09-01 | Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. | Wall-mountable temperature control device for a load control system having an energy savings mode |
US9163794B2 (en) | 2012-07-06 | 2015-10-20 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Power supply assembly for LED-based light tube |
US9175871B2 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2015-11-03 | Google Inc. | Thermostat user interface |
US9184518B2 (en) | 2012-03-02 | 2015-11-10 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Electrical connector header for an LED-based light |
US9183733B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2015-11-10 | Google Inc. | Controlled power-efficient operation of wireless communication devices |
US9208676B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2015-12-08 | Google Inc. | Devices, methods, and associated information processing for security in a smart-sensored home |
US9271367B2 (en) | 2012-07-09 | 2016-02-23 | Ilumisys, Inc. | System and method for controlling operation of an LED-based light |
US9267650B2 (en) | 2013-10-09 | 2016-02-23 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Lens for an LED-based light |
US9268344B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2016-02-23 | Google Inc. | Installation of thermostat powered by rechargeable battery |
US9282654B2 (en) | 2014-05-06 | 2016-03-08 | Honeywell International Inc. | HVAC controller with air flow barrier |
US9285084B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2016-03-15 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Diffusers for LED-based lights |
US9298196B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2016-03-29 | Google Inc. | Energy efficiency promoting schedule learning algorithms for intelligent thermostat |
US9304500B2 (en) * | 2012-01-06 | 2016-04-05 | Cortland Research Llc | System for building management of electricity via network control of point-of-use devices |
US20160178449A1 (en) * | 2013-08-01 | 2016-06-23 | Unison Industries, Llc | Fast response temperature sensor using a polyimide enclosed rtd |
US9396633B1 (en) | 2015-06-14 | 2016-07-19 | Google Inc. | Systems, methods, and devices for managing coexistence of multiple transceiver devices by optimizing component layout |
US9448567B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2016-09-20 | Google Inc. | Power management in single circuit HVAC systems and in multiple circuit HVAC systems |
US9453655B2 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2016-09-27 | Google Inc. | Methods and graphical user interfaces for reporting performance information for an HVAC system controlled by a self-programming network-connected thermostat |
TWI552539B (en) * | 2014-04-03 | 2016-10-01 | 翼詠科技股份有限公司 | Power line ethernet adaptor and power line ethernet communication kit |
US9459018B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2016-10-04 | Google Inc. | Systems and methods for energy-efficient control of an energy-consuming system |
US9510400B2 (en) | 2014-05-13 | 2016-11-29 | Ilumisys, Inc. | User input systems for an LED-based light |
US9513642B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2016-12-06 | Google Inc. | Flexible functionality partitioning within intelligent-thermostat-controlled HVAC systems |
US9543998B2 (en) | 2015-06-14 | 2017-01-10 | Google Inc. | Systems, methods, and devices for managing coexistence of multiple transceiver devices using bypass circuitry |
US20170011621A1 (en) * | 2015-07-07 | 2017-01-12 | Ilumi Solutions, Inc. | Wireless Control Device and Methods Thereof |
US20170013392A1 (en) * | 2015-07-07 | 2017-01-12 | Ilumi Solutions, Inc. | Wireless Control Device and Methods Thereof |
US9568201B2 (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2017-02-14 | Google Inc. | Environmental control system retrofittable with multiple types of boiler-based heating systems |
US9574717B2 (en) | 2014-01-22 | 2017-02-21 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED-based light with addressed LEDs |
US9581342B2 (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2017-02-28 | Google Inc. | Mounting stand for multi-sensing environmental control device |
US9584775B2 (en) | 2013-07-18 | 2017-02-28 | BOT Home Automation, Inc. | Wireless entrance communication device |
US20170059195A1 (en) * | 2007-10-02 | 2017-03-02 | Google Inc. | Intelligent temperature management based on energy usage profiles and outside weather conditions |
US9609462B2 (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2017-03-28 | Google Inc. | Facilitating radio frequency communications among environmental control system components |
US9612031B2 (en) | 2015-01-07 | 2017-04-04 | Google Inc. | Thermostat switching circuitry robust against anomalous HVAC control line conditions |
US9679454B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2017-06-13 | Google Inc. | Systems, methods, and devices for managing coexistence of multiple transceiver devices using control signals |
WO2017127836A1 (en) * | 2016-01-23 | 2017-07-27 | Innosys, Inc. | Continuously powered load switch lock |
WO2017132467A1 (en) * | 2016-01-27 | 2017-08-03 | Fluid Handling Llc | Smart algorithm to determine "steam boiler water condition" |
US9791839B2 (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2017-10-17 | Google Inc. | User-relocatable self-learning environmental control device capable of adapting previous learnings to current location in controlled environment |
US9794522B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2017-10-17 | Google Inc. | Systems, methods, and devices for managing coexistence of multiple transceiver devices by optimizing component layout |
US9799306B2 (en) | 2011-09-23 | 2017-10-24 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | System and method for environmental adaptation of display characteristics |
US9851728B2 (en) | 2010-12-31 | 2017-12-26 | Google Inc. | Inhibiting deleterious control coupling in an enclosure having multiple HVAC regions |
US9867253B2 (en) | 2008-05-21 | 2018-01-09 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Backlight adjustment system |
US9890970B2 (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2018-02-13 | Google Inc. | Processing and reporting usage information for an HVAC system controlled by a network-connected thermostat |
US9924583B2 (en) | 2015-05-14 | 2018-03-20 | Mnaufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Display brightness control based on location data |
CN107852026A (en) * | 2015-07-07 | 2018-03-27 | 伊路米解决方案公司 | Control device of wireless and its method |
CN107917484A (en) * | 2016-10-06 | 2018-04-17 | 江森自控科技公司 | The thermostat for rising compensation with heat based on wireless data transmission |
US9952573B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2018-04-24 | Google Llc | Systems and methods for a graphical user interface of a controller for an energy-consuming system having spatially related discrete display elements |
US10068610B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2018-09-04 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Motion detection for A/V recording and communication devices |
US10078319B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2018-09-18 | Google Llc | HVAC schedule establishment in an intelligent, network-connected thermostat |
US10082308B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2018-09-25 | Johnson Controls Technology Company | Thermostat with heat rise compensation based on wireless data transmission |
US10139281B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2018-11-27 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Motion detection for A/V recording and communication devices |
US10148761B2 (en) | 2015-04-09 | 2018-12-04 | Web Sensing, Llc | System-on-chip data security appliance and methods of operating the same |
US10145577B2 (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2018-12-04 | Google Llc | User interfaces for HVAC schedule display and modification on smartphone or other space-limited touchscreen device |
US10161568B2 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2018-12-25 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED-based light with canted outer walls |
US10317862B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2019-06-11 | Johnson Controls Technology Company | Systems and methods for heat rise compensation |
US10321541B2 (en) | 2011-03-11 | 2019-06-11 | Ilumi Solutions, Inc. | LED lighting device |
US10346275B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2019-07-09 | Google Llc | Attributing causation for energy usage and setpoint changes with a network-connected thermostat |
WO2019144007A1 (en) * | 2018-01-19 | 2019-07-25 | Delos Living Llc | Apparatus and system for holding one or more components |
US10425877B2 (en) | 2005-07-01 | 2019-09-24 | Google Llc | Maintaining information facilitating deterministic network routing |
US10443879B2 (en) | 2010-12-31 | 2019-10-15 | Google Llc | HVAC control system encouraging energy efficient user behaviors in plural interactive contexts |
US10578658B2 (en) | 2018-05-07 | 2020-03-03 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | System and method for measuring power consumption of an electronic display assembly |
US10586508B2 (en) | 2016-07-08 | 2020-03-10 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Controlling display brightness based on image capture device data |
US10593255B2 (en) | 2015-05-14 | 2020-03-17 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Electronic display with environmental adaptation of display characteristics based on location |
US10607520B2 (en) | 2015-05-14 | 2020-03-31 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Method for environmental adaptation of display characteristics based on location |
US10613213B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2020-04-07 | Google Llc | Systems, methods, and devices for utilizing radar with smart devices |
US10630820B2 (en) | 2011-03-11 | 2020-04-21 | Ilumi Solutions, Inc. | Wireless communication methods |
US10664792B2 (en) | 2008-05-16 | 2020-05-26 | Google Llc | Maintaining information facilitating deterministic network routing |
US10687184B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2020-06-16 | Google Llc | Systems, methods, and devices for utilizing radar-based touch interfaces |
US10747242B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2020-08-18 | Google Llc | Thermostat user interface |
US10769215B2 (en) * | 2005-07-14 | 2020-09-08 | Conversant Wireless Licensing S.A R.L. | Method, apparatus and computer program product providing an application integrated mobile device search solution using context information |
US10771868B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2020-09-08 | Google Llc | Occupancy pattern detection, estimation and prediction |
US10782276B2 (en) | 2018-06-14 | 2020-09-22 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | System and method for detecting gas recirculation or airway occlusion |
US10923889B2 (en) | 2017-10-17 | 2021-02-16 | Crestron Electronics, Inc. | Ganging a plurality of wall mounted electric devices |
US10938913B2 (en) | 2015-04-09 | 2021-03-02 | Web Sensing, Llc | Hardware turnstile |
US10943749B2 (en) | 2018-03-15 | 2021-03-09 | Crestron Electronics, Inc. | Wall mounted control device with interchangeable buttons |
US10992175B2 (en) | 2018-06-15 | 2021-04-27 | Google Llc | Communication circuit for 2-wire protocols between HVAC systems and smart-home devices |
US11182722B2 (en) | 2019-03-22 | 2021-11-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Cognitive system for automatic risk assessment, solution identification, and action enablement |
US11218579B2 (en) | 2015-07-07 | 2022-01-04 | Ilumi Solutions, Inc. | Wireless communication methods |
EP3933790A1 (en) | 2020-06-29 | 2022-01-05 | Haltian Oy | Apparatus for counting objects |
US11334034B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2022-05-17 | Google Llc | Energy efficiency promoting schedule learning algorithms for intelligent thermostat |
US20220232689A1 (en) * | 2019-06-14 | 2022-07-21 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Smart wall-plate system |
US11480356B2 (en) | 2017-12-11 | 2022-10-25 | Johnson Controls Tyco IP Holdings LLP | Thermostat with startup temperature estimation |
US11493220B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2022-11-08 | Johnson Controls Technology Company | Systems and methods for heat rise compensation |
US11526044B2 (en) | 2020-03-27 | 2022-12-13 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Display unit with orientation based operation |
US20230036445A1 (en) * | 2015-07-07 | 2023-02-02 | Ilumi Solutions, Inc. | Wireless Control Device and Methods Thereof |
US20230114521A1 (en) * | 2021-10-12 | 2023-04-13 | Air Distribution Technologies Ip, Llc | Systems and methods for operating an hvac system in a calibration mode |
Families Citing this family (203)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20130243425A1 (en) * | 1996-12-24 | 2013-09-19 | Convergence Wireless, Inc. | Method and apparatus for the zonal transmission of data using building lighting fixtures |
US20050169643A1 (en) * | 1997-01-02 | 2005-08-04 | Franklin Philip G. | Method and apparatus for the zonal transmission of data using building lighting fixtures |
US6798341B1 (en) * | 1998-05-18 | 2004-09-28 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control |
US6690018B1 (en) * | 1998-10-30 | 2004-02-10 | Electro-Optic Technologies, Llc | Motion detectors and occupancy sensors with improved sensitivity, angular resolution and range |
EP2319472B1 (en) | 1999-12-29 | 2016-03-23 | Hill-Rom Services, Inc. | Patient support |
US7047553B1 (en) * | 2000-10-05 | 2006-05-16 | Arris International, Inc. | Method and apparatus for decreasing cable installation time and cable installation faults |
US20030208606A1 (en) * | 2002-05-04 | 2003-11-06 | Maguire Larry Dean | Network isolation system and method |
KR100433879B1 (en) * | 2002-09-09 | 2004-06-04 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus for temperature controlling of optical communicating device |
US7068177B2 (en) * | 2002-09-19 | 2006-06-27 | Honeywell International, Inc. | Multi-sensor device and methods for fire detection |
US20050235306A1 (en) * | 2002-09-23 | 2005-10-20 | Fima R G | Systems and methods for monitoring and controlling water consumption |
US7970494B2 (en) * | 2002-09-23 | 2011-06-28 | Liquidbreaker, Llc | Systems and methods for monitoring relief valve drain in hot water Heater |
US7436132B1 (en) * | 2002-09-25 | 2008-10-14 | The Watt Stopper Inc. | Multi-way sensor switch |
US7122976B1 (en) * | 2002-09-25 | 2006-10-17 | The Watt Stopper | Light management system device and method |
US20050007247A1 (en) * | 2003-07-10 | 2005-01-13 | Eric Kao | Multi-detection apparatus |
US7091853B2 (en) * | 2003-12-11 | 2006-08-15 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | X10 communication of one or more messages between one or more mobile communication devices and one or more module components |
DE102004005219A1 (en) * | 2004-02-03 | 2005-08-18 | Baumgärtner, Udo | Device for automation of building technology |
US7619539B2 (en) * | 2004-02-13 | 2009-11-17 | Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. | Multiple-input electronic ballast with processor |
JP2005283384A (en) * | 2004-03-30 | 2005-10-13 | Optex Co Ltd | Microwave sensor and system for preventing mutual interference of microwave sensor |
US7400239B2 (en) | 2004-09-03 | 2008-07-15 | Simply Automated, Incorporated | Universal control apparatus and methods |
US7347774B2 (en) * | 2004-11-12 | 2008-03-25 | Peter S. Aronstam | Remote autonomous intelligent air flow control system and network |
US8348732B2 (en) * | 2004-11-12 | 2013-01-08 | Adaptive-Ac, Inc. | Airflow control system |
CA2693514C (en) * | 2004-12-14 | 2013-10-15 | Comverge Inc. | Hvac communication system |
DE102004061294B4 (en) * | 2004-12-20 | 2020-03-19 | Tridonic Gmbh & Co Kg | Method for programming an operating device for lamps, interface for an operating device for lamps and operating device for lamps |
US20060235549A1 (en) * | 2005-02-24 | 2006-10-19 | Andrea Hearn | Method for operating a medical device |
US7325971B2 (en) * | 2005-05-25 | 2008-02-05 | Fons Lloyd C | Method and apparatus for locating hydrocarbon deposits |
WO2006133152A2 (en) | 2005-06-06 | 2006-12-14 | Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. | Power line communication system |
US7522063B2 (en) * | 2005-07-13 | 2009-04-21 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Combination thermostat and warning device with remote sensor monitoring |
WO2007030470A2 (en) * | 2005-09-07 | 2007-03-15 | Comverge, Inc. | Local power consumption load control |
WO2007030471A2 (en) * | 2005-09-07 | 2007-03-15 | Comverge, Inc. | Method and system for local load control |
US7434744B2 (en) * | 2005-12-12 | 2008-10-14 | Emerson Electric Co. | Low voltage power line communication for climate control system |
US7837344B2 (en) * | 2006-03-17 | 2010-11-23 | Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. | Traditional-opening dimmer switch having a multi-functional button |
US7670039B2 (en) * | 2006-03-17 | 2010-03-02 | Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. | Status indicator lens and light pipe structure for a dimmer switch |
EP2006362A4 (en) * | 2006-03-30 | 2010-11-10 | Mitsui Shipbuilding Eng | Process for producing gas hydrate pellet |
ES2302432B1 (en) * | 2006-06-09 | 2009-05-08 | Mecel, S.L. | INTEGRATED SYSTEM OF MANAGEMENT OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS. |
US8402150B1 (en) | 2006-07-31 | 2013-03-19 | Automated Irrigation Controls, LLC | Manipulation of LonWorks® protocol for RF communications |
US8006105B1 (en) | 2006-08-02 | 2011-08-23 | American Megatrends, Inc. | AC-powered in-wall computing device with power-line networking capabilities |
US8006104B1 (en) | 2006-08-02 | 2011-08-23 | American Megatrends, Inc. | Ethernet powered computing device and system |
US20080183307A1 (en) * | 2007-01-26 | 2008-07-31 | Autani Corporation | Upgradeable Automation Devices, Systems, Architectures, and Methods |
US20080273754A1 (en) * | 2007-05-04 | 2008-11-06 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Apparatus and method for defining an area of interest for image sensing |
US7894944B2 (en) * | 2007-07-06 | 2011-02-22 | Microsoft Corporation | Environmental monitoring in data facilities |
DE102007048314B3 (en) * | 2007-10-09 | 2008-12-24 | Siemens Ag | Distributed dynamic wireless sensor/actuator network managing and operating method, involves wiredly coupling sensor nodes to network nodes by interfaces, where coupling is provided for reciprocally setting sensor nodes in initial condition |
US20090216382A1 (en) * | 2008-02-26 | 2009-08-27 | Howard Ng | Direct Load Control System and Method with Comfort Temperature Setting |
US10539311B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2020-01-21 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Sensor-based lighting methods, apparatus, and systems |
US8610376B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2013-12-17 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | LED lighting methods, apparatus, and systems including historic sensor data logging |
US8531134B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2013-09-10 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | LED-based lighting methods, apparatus, and systems employing LED light bars, occupancy sensing, local state machine, and time-based tracking of operational modes |
US8805550B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2014-08-12 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Power management unit with power source arbitration |
US8138690B2 (en) * | 2008-04-14 | 2012-03-20 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | LED-based lighting methods, apparatus, and systems employing LED light bars, occupancy sensing, local state machine, and meter circuit |
US8754589B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2014-06-17 | Digtial Lumens Incorporated | Power management unit with temperature protection |
US8823277B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2014-09-02 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Methods, systems, and apparatus for mapping a network of lighting fixtures with light module identification |
US8841859B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2014-09-23 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | LED lighting methods, apparatus, and systems including rules-based sensor data logging |
US8368321B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2013-02-05 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Power management unit with rules-based power consumption management |
US8610377B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2013-12-17 | Digital Lumens, Incorporated | Methods, apparatus, and systems for prediction of lighting module performance |
AU2014218445B2 (en) * | 2008-04-14 | 2016-07-28 | Osram Sylvania Inc. | Modular lighting systems |
US8373362B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2013-02-12 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Methods, systems, and apparatus for commissioning an LED lighting fixture with remote reporting |
US8543249B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2013-09-24 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Power management unit with modular sensor bus |
US8866408B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2014-10-21 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Methods, apparatus, and systems for automatic power adjustment based on energy demand information |
EP2274957A4 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2012-09-26 | Digital Lumens Inc | Modular lighting systems |
US8339069B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2012-12-25 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Power management unit with power metering |
US20120235579A1 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2012-09-20 | Digital Lumens, Incorporated | Methods, apparatus and systems for providing occupancy-based variable lighting |
US8552664B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2013-10-08 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Power management unit with ballast interface |
US8364319B2 (en) * | 2008-04-21 | 2013-01-29 | Inncom International Inc. | Smart wall box |
US8731689B2 (en) | 2008-05-06 | 2014-05-20 | Abl Ip Holding, Llc | Networked, wireless lighting control system with distributed intelligence |
US8091795B1 (en) | 2008-07-15 | 2012-01-10 | Home Automation, Inc. | Intelligent thermostat device with automatic adaptable energy conservation based on real-time energy pricing |
USRE47511E1 (en) | 2008-09-03 | 2019-07-09 | Lutron Technology Company Llc | Battery-powered occupancy sensor |
US9277629B2 (en) | 2008-09-03 | 2016-03-01 | Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. | Radio-frequency lighting control system with occupancy sensing |
US8228184B2 (en) | 2008-09-03 | 2012-07-24 | Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. | Battery-powered occupancy sensor |
US9148937B2 (en) | 2008-09-03 | 2015-09-29 | Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. | Radio-frequency lighting control system with occupancy sensing |
US8009042B2 (en) | 2008-09-03 | 2011-08-30 | Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. | Radio-frequency lighting control system with occupancy sensing |
US8175463B2 (en) * | 2008-09-24 | 2012-05-08 | Elbex Video Ltd. | Method and apparatus for connecting AC powered switches, current sensors and control devices via two way IR, fiber optic and light guide cables |
US20100097226A1 (en) * | 2008-10-22 | 2010-04-22 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Occupancy sensing with image and supplemental sensing |
US8788100B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2014-07-22 | Lennox Industries Inc. | System and method for zoning a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8452456B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-05-28 | Lennox Industries Inc. | System and method of use for a user interface dashboard of a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US9152155B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2015-10-06 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Device abstraction system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning system |
US8239066B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2012-08-07 | Lennox Industries Inc. | System and method of use for a user interface dashboard of a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8661165B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2014-02-25 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | Device abstraction system and method for a distributed architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning system |
US9678486B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2017-06-13 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Device abstraction system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning system |
US8463443B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-06-11 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | Memory recovery scheme and data structure in a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8892797B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2014-11-18 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Communication protocol system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US9632490B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2017-04-25 | Lennox Industries Inc. | System and method for zoning a distributed architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8352080B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-01-08 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Communication protocol system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8560125B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-10-15 | Lennox Industries | Communication protocol system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8725298B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2014-05-13 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | Alarm and diagnostics system and method for a distributed architecture heating, ventilation and conditioning network |
US8655491B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2014-02-18 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Alarm and diagnostics system and method for a distributed architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8744629B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2014-06-03 | Lennox Industries Inc. | System and method of use for a user interface dashboard of a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8452906B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-05-28 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | Communication protocol system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US9377768B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2016-06-28 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Memory recovery scheme and data structure in a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8437877B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-05-07 | Lennox Industries Inc. | System recovery in a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8694164B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2014-04-08 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | Interactive user guidance interface for a heating, ventilation and air conditioning system |
US9268345B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2016-02-23 | Lennox Industries Inc. | System and method of use for a user interface dashboard of a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US9325517B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2016-04-26 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Device abstraction system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning system |
US9432208B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2016-08-30 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Device abstraction system and method for a distributed architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning system |
US8874815B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2014-10-28 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | Communication protocol system and method for a distributed architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8774210B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2014-07-08 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | Communication protocol system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8994539B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2015-03-31 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | Alarm and diagnostics system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8798796B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2014-08-05 | Lennox Industries Inc. | General control techniques in a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8600558B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-12-03 | Lennox Industries Inc. | System recovery in a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8295981B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2012-10-23 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Device commissioning in a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8433446B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-04-30 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | Alarm and diagnostics system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8802981B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2014-08-12 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Flush wall mount thermostat and in-set mounting plate for a heating, ventilation and air conditioning system |
US9261888B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2016-02-16 | Lennox Industries Inc. | System and method of use for a user interface dashboard of a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8855825B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2014-10-07 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Device abstraction system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning system |
US8502660B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-08-06 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Occupancy sensing with selective emission |
US8564400B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-10-22 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | Communication protocol system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8615326B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-12-24 | Lennox Industries Inc. | System and method of use for a user interface dashboard of a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8655490B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2014-02-18 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | System and method of use for a user interface dashboard of a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8463442B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-06-11 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | Alarm and diagnostics system and method for a distributed architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8543243B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-09-24 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | System and method of use for a user interface dashboard of a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8115626B2 (en) * | 2008-10-27 | 2012-02-14 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Occupancy sensing with selective emission |
US8548630B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-10-01 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | Alarm and diagnostics system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8352081B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-01-08 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Communication protocol system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8977794B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2015-03-10 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | Communication protocol system and method for a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8442693B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-05-14 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | System and method of use for a user interface dashboard of a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8600559B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-12-03 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Method of controlling equipment in a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8762666B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2014-06-24 | Lennox Industries, Inc. | Backup and restoration of operation control data in a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8437878B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2013-05-07 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Alarm and diagnostics system and method for a distributed architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US9651925B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2017-05-16 | Lennox Industries Inc. | System and method for zoning a distributed-architecture heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US8255086B2 (en) | 2008-10-27 | 2012-08-28 | Lennox Industries Inc. | System recovery in a heating, ventilation and air conditioning network |
US20110140914A1 (en) * | 2008-11-24 | 2011-06-16 | Midori Technologies Ltd. | Controller system |
US8199010B2 (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2012-06-12 | Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. | Method and apparatus for configuring a wireless sensor |
US7908037B2 (en) * | 2009-03-27 | 2011-03-15 | General Electric Company | Pre-programmed energy management ballast or driver |
US8359929B2 (en) * | 2009-04-01 | 2013-01-29 | Setra Systems, Inc. | Surface mounted instrument |
US9049756B2 (en) | 2009-04-09 | 2015-06-02 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Intelligent lighting control system and network comprising multiple-channel photo sensor |
US8536802B2 (en) | 2009-04-14 | 2013-09-17 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | LED-based lighting methods, apparatus, and systems employing LED light bars, occupancy sensing, and local state machine |
US8954170B2 (en) | 2009-04-14 | 2015-02-10 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Power management unit with multi-input arbitration |
US8593135B2 (en) * | 2009-04-14 | 2013-11-26 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Low-cost power measurement circuit |
US20100298957A1 (en) * | 2009-05-15 | 2010-11-25 | Synergy Elements, Inc. | Multi-function sensor for home automation |
US8165719B2 (en) * | 2009-06-25 | 2012-04-24 | Kinney Laurence F | System and method for an electrical insulating shutter system |
JP5233875B2 (en) * | 2009-06-29 | 2013-07-10 | 富士通株式会社 | Notification apparatus and method |
US20110006887A1 (en) * | 2009-07-13 | 2011-01-13 | Kmc Controls, Inc. | Programmable Communicating Thermostat And System |
US20110024631A1 (en) * | 2009-07-29 | 2011-02-03 | Jian Xu | Motion sensor mounting configuration |
USD648642S1 (en) | 2009-10-21 | 2011-11-15 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Thin cover plate for an electronic system controller |
USD648641S1 (en) | 2009-10-21 | 2011-11-15 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Thin cover plate for an electronic system controller |
US8511397B2 (en) | 2010-01-12 | 2013-08-20 | Kidde Technologies, Inc. | Highly integrated data bus automatic fire extinguishing system |
EP2523693A4 (en) | 2010-01-14 | 2017-05-31 | Infection Prevention Technologies | Systems and methods for emitting radiant energy |
US8260444B2 (en) | 2010-02-17 | 2012-09-04 | Lennox Industries Inc. | Auxiliary controller of a HVAC system |
KR101766454B1 (en) * | 2010-07-13 | 2017-08-08 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | the remote control equipment and the system thereof |
US8844361B2 (en) * | 2010-07-30 | 2014-09-30 | The Watt Stopper, Inc. | Ultrasonic sensor control system for occupancy sensing |
EP3517839B1 (en) | 2010-11-04 | 2021-09-22 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Method, apparatus, and system for occupancy sensing |
TW201230866A (en) * | 2011-01-11 | 2012-07-16 | Top Energy Saving System Corp | Lighting device |
US8797159B2 (en) | 2011-05-23 | 2014-08-05 | Crestron Electronics Inc. | Occupancy sensor with stored occupancy schedule |
US9880531B2 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2018-01-30 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Adaptive control of ambience settings |
CA2854784C (en) | 2011-11-03 | 2021-07-20 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Methods, systems, and apparatus for intelligent lighting |
US10209751B2 (en) * | 2012-02-14 | 2019-02-19 | Emerson Electric Co. | Relay switch control and related methods |
EP2815635A4 (en) | 2012-02-15 | 2016-10-26 | Lumenpulse Lighting Inc | Led lighting systems |
US9158496B2 (en) * | 2012-02-16 | 2015-10-13 | High Sec Labs Ltd. | Secure audio peripheral device |
EP2829160B1 (en) | 2012-03-19 | 2021-04-21 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Methods, systems, and apparatus for providing variable illumination |
US8901496B2 (en) * | 2012-06-20 | 2014-12-02 | General Electric Company | Overhead occupancy sensor |
US20130342687A1 (en) * | 2012-06-22 | 2013-12-26 | Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc. | System and method for defining an area of interest of an imaging occupancy sensor |
CN102721145A (en) * | 2012-06-30 | 2012-10-10 | 李钢 | Indoor air-conditioning and lighting controller and control method thereof |
US8974077B2 (en) | 2012-07-30 | 2015-03-10 | Ultravision Technologies, Llc | Heat sink for LED light source |
US10261528B2 (en) * | 2013-02-04 | 2019-04-16 | Blue Radios, Inc. | Wireless thermostat and system |
US9271375B2 (en) | 2013-02-25 | 2016-02-23 | Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc. | System and method for occupancy sensing with enhanced functionality |
DE102014003253A1 (en) * | 2013-03-12 | 2014-09-18 | Dietmar Friedrich Brück | Message unit for monitoring a room, detector system and use of the detector system |
US9417347B2 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2016-08-16 | The Watt Stopper, Inc. | Method and apparatus for noise control in ultrasonic sensors |
EP2992395B1 (en) | 2013-04-30 | 2018-03-07 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Operating light emitting diodes at low temperature |
ITPD20130145A1 (en) * | 2013-05-24 | 2014-11-25 | Vimar Spa | CONTROL UNIT FOR AN ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT |
US9671526B2 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2017-06-06 | Crestron Electronics, Inc. | Occupancy sensor with improved functionality |
EP2833701B1 (en) * | 2013-07-29 | 2020-01-22 | Tridonic GmbH & Co KG | Integrated control circuit with combined temperature and presence detection |
CN203480348U (en) * | 2013-10-09 | 2014-03-12 | 健鑫仪器有限公司 | Temperature control adjusting device |
WO2015054611A1 (en) | 2013-10-10 | 2015-04-16 | Digital Lumens Incorporated | Methods, systems, and apparatus for intelligent lighting |
US9322567B2 (en) | 2013-10-23 | 2016-04-26 | Honeywell International Inc. | Modular wall module platform for a building control system |
EP2899519B1 (en) | 2014-01-24 | 2016-11-16 | Siemens Schweiz AG | Temperature sensing apparatus |
US9976764B2 (en) | 2014-05-28 | 2018-05-22 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Apparatus and methods for controlling a ventilation mechanism |
US10085328B2 (en) | 2014-08-11 | 2018-09-25 | RAB Lighting Inc. | Wireless lighting control systems and methods |
US9883567B2 (en) | 2014-08-11 | 2018-01-30 | RAB Lighting Inc. | Device indication and commissioning for a lighting control system |
US10531545B2 (en) | 2014-08-11 | 2020-01-07 | RAB Lighting Inc. | Commissioning a configurable user control device for a lighting control system |
US10039174B2 (en) | 2014-08-11 | 2018-07-31 | RAB Lighting Inc. | Systems and methods for acknowledging broadcast messages in a wireless lighting control network |
US9299239B1 (en) | 2014-09-17 | 2016-03-29 | Travis John GIECK | Device and methods for monitoring environmental conditions |
US10747214B2 (en) | 2014-10-10 | 2020-08-18 | Carrier Corporation | HVAC system including active sensor network calibration |
US20160110977A1 (en) | 2014-10-15 | 2016-04-21 | Umbrela Smart Inc. | Wall-Mounted Smart Switches and Outlets for Use in Building Wiring for Load Control, Home Automation, and/or Security Purposes |
US9880534B2 (en) | 2014-11-03 | 2018-01-30 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | System and method for occupancy sensing using adjustable detection and load control profile |
US10741345B2 (en) * | 2015-01-09 | 2020-08-11 | Broan-Nutone Llc | Humidity wall control |
USD809407S1 (en) | 2015-01-09 | 2018-02-06 | Broan-Nutone Llc | Humidity wall control |
USD770919S1 (en) | 2015-01-09 | 2016-11-08 | Broan-Nutone Llc | Humidity wall control |
US10057965B2 (en) | 2015-05-04 | 2018-08-21 | Fulham Company Limited | LED driver and lighting systems technologies |
US20170270817A1 (en) * | 2016-03-17 | 2017-09-21 | Alex K. Kasravi | Plant Growth Advisor Device and System |
US20170285603A1 (en) * | 2016-04-01 | 2017-10-05 | Dan H. Gerbus | Common electrical box form factor for sensing technologies |
US9747738B1 (en) * | 2016-07-21 | 2017-08-29 | Jean Hugues Wendling | Electronic access control device |
US10582592B2 (en) | 2016-08-02 | 2020-03-03 | Signify Holding B.V. | Sensor light setting blending |
US20210302036A1 (en) * | 2016-08-26 | 2021-09-30 | Carrier Corporation | Sensor mounting assembly for a climate controller and method |
US10893593B2 (en) * | 2016-09-06 | 2021-01-12 | Racepoint Energy, LLC | Intelligent lighting control system temperature control apparatuses, systems, and methods |
US10727731B1 (en) | 2017-04-01 | 2020-07-28 | Smart Power Partners, LLC | Power adapters adapted to receive a module and methods of implementing power adapters with modules |
US10530597B1 (en) | 2017-04-01 | 2020-01-07 | Smart Power Partners LLC | System for controlling a plurality of power switches configured to apply power to devices |
US10996645B1 (en) | 2017-04-01 | 2021-05-04 | Smart Power Partners LLC | Modular power adapters and methods of implementing modular power adapters |
CN207163589U (en) * | 2017-08-22 | 2018-03-30 | 无锡神谷金穗科技有限公司 | A kind of Resistance Temperature compensates sensing device |
CN117767195A (en) | 2017-10-06 | 2024-03-26 | 路创技术有限责任公司 | Wall box system, flexible and elastic wall cover and electric wall box |
US11137159B2 (en) | 2018-09-11 | 2021-10-05 | Johnson Controls Tyco IP Holdings LLP | Fire notification device with integrated environmental node sensor |
DE102018221775A1 (en) | 2018-12-14 | 2020-06-18 | Martina Klotz | Multifunction sensor |
DE202018005800U1 (en) | 2018-12-14 | 2019-01-24 | Martina Klotz | Multifunction sensor |
US10958020B1 (en) | 2019-06-30 | 2021-03-23 | Smart Power Partners LLC | Control attachment for an in-wall power adapter and method of controlling an in-wall power adapter |
US11219108B1 (en) | 2019-06-30 | 2022-01-04 | Smart Power Partners LLC | Power adapter arrangement and method of implementing a power adapter arrangement |
US11460874B1 (en) | 2019-06-30 | 2022-10-04 | Smart Power Partners LLC | In-wall power adapter configured to control the application of power to a load |
US11264769B1 (en) | 2019-06-30 | 2022-03-01 | Smart Power Partners LLC | Power adapter having contact elements in a recess and method of controlling a power adapter |
US10938168B2 (en) | 2019-06-30 | 2021-03-02 | Smart Power Partners LLC | In-wall power adapter and method of controlling the application of power to a load |
US10958026B1 (en) | 2019-06-30 | 2021-03-23 | Smart Power Partners LLC | Contactless thermometer for an in-wall power adapter |
US10965068B1 (en) | 2019-06-30 | 2021-03-30 | Smart Power Partners LLC | In-wall power adapter having an outlet and method of controlling an in-wall power adapter |
US11579640B1 (en) | 2019-06-30 | 2023-02-14 | Smart Power Partners LLC | Control attachment for an in-wall power adapter |
US10917956B1 (en) | 2019-06-30 | 2021-02-09 | Smart Power Partners LLC | Control attachment configured to provide power to a load and method of configuring a control attachment |
US11201444B1 (en) | 2019-06-30 | 2021-12-14 | Smart Power Partners LLC | Power adapter having contact elements in a recess and method of controlling a power adapter |
US11231730B1 (en) | 2019-06-30 | 2022-01-25 | Smart Power Power LLC | Control attachment for a power adapter configured to control power applied to a load |
US11043768B1 (en) | 2019-06-30 | 2021-06-22 | Smart Power Partners LLC | Power adapter configured to provide power to a load and method of implementing a power adapter |
US11189948B1 (en) | 2019-06-30 | 2021-11-30 | Smart Power Partners LLC | Power adapter and method of implementing a power adapter to provide power to a load |
US11441815B2 (en) * | 2020-04-15 | 2022-09-13 | Rheem Manufacturing Company | Systems and methods for heater control in fluid heating systems |
Citations (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4567557A (en) * | 1983-02-23 | 1986-01-28 | Burns Martin J | Building intelligence system |
US4659236A (en) * | 1985-10-21 | 1987-04-21 | Tempmaster Corporation | Flush mounted temperature sensor |
US4742475A (en) * | 1984-06-19 | 1988-05-03 | Ibg International, Inc. | Environmental control system |
US5115967A (en) * | 1991-03-18 | 1992-05-26 | Wedekind Gilbert L | Method and apparatus for adaptively optimizing climate control energy consumption in a building |
US5237305A (en) * | 1990-11-30 | 1993-08-17 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Home bus system |
US5365154A (en) * | 1991-07-12 | 1994-11-15 | North Coast Electronics, Inc. | Appliance control system and method |
US5572438A (en) * | 1995-01-05 | 1996-11-05 | Teco Energy Management Services | Engery management and building automation system |
US5602745A (en) * | 1995-01-18 | 1997-02-11 | Gilbarco Inc. | Fuel dispenser electronics design |
US5764146A (en) * | 1995-03-29 | 1998-06-09 | Hubbell Incorporated | Multifunction occupancy sensor |
US5772326A (en) * | 1996-08-30 | 1998-06-30 | Hubbell Incorporated | Temperature and passive infrared sensor module |
US5808423A (en) * | 1996-05-10 | 1998-09-15 | Philips Electronics North America Corporation | Lighting control for reducing energy consumption |
US5962989A (en) * | 1995-01-17 | 1999-10-05 | Negawatt Technologies Inc. | Energy management control system |
US5973594A (en) * | 1995-03-29 | 1999-10-26 | Hubbell Incorporated | Multiple optical designs for a multifunction sensor |
US6029092A (en) * | 1996-11-21 | 2000-02-22 | Intellinet, Inc. | System and method for providing modular control and for managing energy consumption |
US6798341B1 (en) * | 1998-05-18 | 2004-09-28 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control |
-
1999
- 1999-05-14 US US09/701,115 patent/US6798341B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2004
- 2004-09-27 US US10/951,244 patent/US20050043907A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4567557A (en) * | 1983-02-23 | 1986-01-28 | Burns Martin J | Building intelligence system |
US4742475A (en) * | 1984-06-19 | 1988-05-03 | Ibg International, Inc. | Environmental control system |
US4659236A (en) * | 1985-10-21 | 1987-04-21 | Tempmaster Corporation | Flush mounted temperature sensor |
US5237305A (en) * | 1990-11-30 | 1993-08-17 | Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha | Home bus system |
US5115967A (en) * | 1991-03-18 | 1992-05-26 | Wedekind Gilbert L | Method and apparatus for adaptively optimizing climate control energy consumption in a building |
US5365154A (en) * | 1991-07-12 | 1994-11-15 | North Coast Electronics, Inc. | Appliance control system and method |
US5572438A (en) * | 1995-01-05 | 1996-11-05 | Teco Energy Management Services | Engery management and building automation system |
US5962989A (en) * | 1995-01-17 | 1999-10-05 | Negawatt Technologies Inc. | Energy management control system |
US5602745A (en) * | 1995-01-18 | 1997-02-11 | Gilbarco Inc. | Fuel dispenser electronics design |
US5764146A (en) * | 1995-03-29 | 1998-06-09 | Hubbell Incorporated | Multifunction occupancy sensor |
US5973594A (en) * | 1995-03-29 | 1999-10-26 | Hubbell Incorporated | Multiple optical designs for a multifunction sensor |
US5808423A (en) * | 1996-05-10 | 1998-09-15 | Philips Electronics North America Corporation | Lighting control for reducing energy consumption |
US5772326A (en) * | 1996-08-30 | 1998-06-30 | Hubbell Incorporated | Temperature and passive infrared sensor module |
US6029092A (en) * | 1996-11-21 | 2000-02-22 | Intellinet, Inc. | System and method for providing modular control and for managing energy consumption |
US6798341B1 (en) * | 1998-05-18 | 2004-09-28 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control |
Cited By (507)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20030028260A1 (en) * | 1999-07-14 | 2003-02-06 | Blackwell Michael K. | Systems and methods for controlling programmable lighting systems |
US7233831B2 (en) * | 1999-07-14 | 2007-06-19 | Color Kinetics Incorporated | Systems and methods for controlling programmable lighting systems |
US9759392B2 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2017-09-12 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US10557593B2 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2020-02-11 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US10054270B2 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2018-08-21 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US9006990B1 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2015-04-14 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US9006993B1 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2015-04-14 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US9739428B1 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2017-08-22 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US9746139B2 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2017-08-29 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US9752736B2 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2017-09-05 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US9416923B1 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2016-08-16 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US9777893B2 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2017-10-03 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US9803806B2 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2017-10-31 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US8870412B1 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2014-10-28 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US8866396B2 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2014-10-21 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US9970601B2 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2018-05-15 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US9222626B1 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2015-12-29 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light tube and power supply circuit |
US8265776B2 (en) | 2001-09-10 | 2012-09-11 | Strategic Design Federation W, Inc. | Energy monitoring system and method |
US20080024605A1 (en) * | 2001-09-10 | 2008-01-31 | Osann Robert Jr | Concealed pinhole camera for video surveillance |
US20080015740A1 (en) * | 2001-09-10 | 2008-01-17 | Osann Robert Jr | Temperature control system with multiple networked sensors |
US7469550B2 (en) | 2004-01-08 | 2008-12-30 | Robertshaw Controls Company | System and method for controlling appliances and thermostat for use therewith |
US20050150967A1 (en) * | 2004-01-08 | 2005-07-14 | Maple Chase Company | System and method for reducing energy consumption by a water heater and thermostat for use therewith |
US20060208099A1 (en) * | 2004-01-08 | 2006-09-21 | Maple Chase Company | System and method for controlling appliances and thermostat for use therewith |
US7744008B2 (en) | 2004-01-08 | 2010-06-29 | Robertshaw Controls Company | System and method for reducing energy consumption by controlling a water heater and HVAC system via a thermostat and thermostat for use therewith |
US20090319551A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2009-12-24 | Jung Edward K Y | Occurrence data detection and storage for generalized sensor networks |
US20090282156A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2009-11-12 | Jung Edward K Y | Occurrence data detection and storage for mote networks |
US8335814B2 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2012-12-18 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Transmission of aggregated mote-associated index data |
US20060079285A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2006-04-13 | Jung Edward K Y | Transmission of mote-associated index data |
US7929914B2 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2011-04-19 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Mote networks using directional antenna techniques |
US8271449B2 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2012-09-18 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Aggregation and retrieval of mote network data |
US20050220142A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-06 | Jung Edward K Y | Aggregating mote-associated index data |
US20050220146A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-06 | Jung Edward K Y | Transmission of aggregated mote-associated index data |
US8275824B2 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2012-09-25 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Occurrence data detection and storage for mote networks |
US11650084B2 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2023-05-16 | Alarm.Com Incorporated | Event detection using pattern recognition criteria |
US8200744B2 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2012-06-12 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Mote-associated index creation |
US20050227736A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-13 | Jung Edward K Y | Mote-associated index creation |
US20080064338A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2008-03-13 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Mote networks using directional antenna techniques |
US7941188B2 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2011-05-10 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Occurrence data detection and storage for generalized sensor networks |
US20090119267A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2009-05-07 | Jung Edward K Y | Aggregation and retrieval of network sensor data |
US20050227686A1 (en) * | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-13 | Jung Edward K Y | Federating mote-associated index data |
US8161097B2 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2012-04-17 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Aggregating mote-associated index data |
US20050256667A1 (en) * | 2004-05-12 | 2005-11-17 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Federating mote-associated log data |
US20050254520A1 (en) * | 2004-05-12 | 2005-11-17 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Transmission of aggregated mote-associated log data |
US20050255841A1 (en) * | 2004-05-12 | 2005-11-17 | Searete Llc | Transmission of mote-associated log data |
US20050267960A1 (en) * | 2004-05-12 | 2005-12-01 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Mote-associated log creation |
US20050265388A1 (en) * | 2004-05-12 | 2005-12-01 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware | Aggregating mote-associated log data |
US8346846B2 (en) | 2004-05-12 | 2013-01-01 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Transmission of aggregated mote-associated log data |
US20060004888A1 (en) * | 2004-05-21 | 2006-01-05 | Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Delaware | Using mote-associated logs |
US10015743B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2018-07-03 | Google Llc | Relaying communications in a wireless sensor system |
US9286788B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2016-03-15 | Google Inc. | Traffic collision avoidance in wireless communication systems |
US9183733B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2015-11-10 | Google Inc. | Controlled power-efficient operation of wireless communication devices |
US9412260B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2016-08-09 | Google Inc. | Controlled power-efficient operation of wireless communication devices |
US9872249B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2018-01-16 | Google Llc | Relaying communications in a wireless sensor system |
US9955423B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2018-04-24 | Google Llc | Measuring environmental conditions over a defined time period within a wireless sensor system |
US9860839B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2018-01-02 | Google Llc | Wireless transceiver |
US10229586B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2019-03-12 | Google Llc | Relaying communications in a wireless sensor system |
US9286787B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2016-03-15 | Google Inc. | Signal strength-based routing of network traffic in a wireless communication system |
US10395513B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2019-08-27 | Google Llc | Relaying communications in a wireless sensor system |
US9723559B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2017-08-01 | Google Inc. | Wireless sensor unit communication triggering and management |
US10861316B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2020-12-08 | Google Llc | Relaying communications in a wireless sensor system |
US9318015B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2016-04-19 | Google Inc. | Wireless sensor unit communication triggering and management |
US9357490B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2016-05-31 | Google Inc. | Wireless transceiver |
US10573166B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2020-02-25 | Google Llc | Relaying communications in a wireless sensor system |
US10565858B2 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2020-02-18 | Google Llc | Wireless transceiver |
US9474023B1 (en) | 2004-05-27 | 2016-10-18 | Google Inc. | Controlled power-efficient operation of wireless communication devices |
US20090216713A1 (en) * | 2004-06-25 | 2009-08-27 | Jung Edward K Y | Using federated mote-associated logs |
US8352420B2 (en) | 2004-06-25 | 2013-01-08 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Using federated mote-associated logs |
US20060062252A1 (en) * | 2004-06-30 | 2006-03-23 | Jung Edward K | Mote appropriate network power reduction techniques |
US9062992B2 (en) * | 2004-07-27 | 2015-06-23 | TriPlay Inc. | Using mote-associated indexes |
US20060064402A1 (en) * | 2004-07-27 | 2006-03-23 | Jung Edward K Y | Using federated mote-associated indexes |
US20060026132A1 (en) * | 2004-07-27 | 2006-02-02 | Jung Edward K Y | Using mote-associated indexes |
US9261383B2 (en) | 2004-07-30 | 2016-02-16 | Triplay, Inc. | Discovery of occurrence-data |
US20060046711A1 (en) * | 2004-07-30 | 2006-03-02 | Jung Edward K | Discovery of occurrence-data |
US7155317B1 (en) * | 2004-08-20 | 2006-12-26 | Nhan Tran | Occupant Counter Control Switch for automatic turning on and off electrical appliances in a room |
US10240817B2 (en) | 2004-08-26 | 2019-03-26 | A. O. Smith Corporation | Modular control system and method for water heaters |
US8660701B2 (en) | 2004-08-26 | 2014-02-25 | A. O. Smith Corporation | Modular control system and method for water heaters |
US8977791B2 (en) | 2004-08-26 | 2015-03-10 | A. O. Smith Corporation | Modular control system and method for a water heater |
US9057534B2 (en) | 2004-08-26 | 2015-06-16 | A. O. Smith Corporation | Modular control system and method for water heaters |
US20100082134A1 (en) * | 2004-08-26 | 2010-04-01 | Phillips Terry G | Modular control system and method for a water heater |
US20070246551A1 (en) * | 2004-08-26 | 2007-10-25 | Phillips Terry G | Modular control system and method for water heaters |
US9316407B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2016-04-19 | Google Inc. | Multiple environmental zone control with integrated battery status communications |
US9303889B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2016-04-05 | Google Inc. | Multiple environmental zone control via a central controller |
US9353964B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2016-05-31 | Google Inc. | Systems and methods for wirelessly-enabled HVAC control |
US9194599B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2015-11-24 | Google Inc. | Control of multiple environmental zones based on predicted changes to environmental conditions of the zones |
US9194600B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2015-11-24 | Google Inc. | Battery charging by mechanical impeller at forced air vent outputs |
US9995497B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2018-06-12 | Google Llc | Wireless zone control via mechanically adjustable airflow elements |
US9353963B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2016-05-31 | Google Inc. | Occupancy-based wireless control of multiple environmental zones with zone controller identification |
US9182140B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2015-11-10 | Google Inc. | Battery-operated wireless zone controllers having multiple states of power-related operation |
US10126011B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2018-11-13 | Google Llc | Multiple environmental zone control with integrated battery status communications |
US10215437B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2019-02-26 | Google Llc | Battery-operated wireless zone controllers having multiple states of power-related operation |
US9618223B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2017-04-11 | Google Inc. | Multi-nodal thermostat control system |
US8695888B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2014-04-15 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Electronically-controlled register vent for zone heating and cooling |
US9273879B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2016-03-01 | Google Inc. | Occupancy-based wireless control of multiple environmental zones via a central controller |
US9222692B2 (en) | 2004-10-06 | 2015-12-29 | Google Inc. | Wireless zone control via mechanically adjustable airflow elements |
US20090212967A1 (en) * | 2004-10-15 | 2009-08-27 | Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc | Circuit Interrupting System with Remote Test And Reset Activation |
US8199446B2 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2012-06-12 | Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc. | Circuit interrupting system with remote test and reset activation |
US7440246B2 (en) | 2004-10-15 | 2008-10-21 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Circuit interrupting apparatus with remote test and reset activation |
US20060152867A1 (en) * | 2004-10-15 | 2006-07-13 | Gaetano Bonasia | Circuit interrupting apparatus with remote test and reset activation |
US20060086062A1 (en) * | 2004-10-27 | 2006-04-27 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostatic controller with decorative faceplate |
US7874444B2 (en) | 2004-10-27 | 2011-01-25 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostatic controller with decorative faceplate |
US7311756B2 (en) | 2004-11-30 | 2007-12-25 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Fanless indoor air quality treatment |
US7182805B2 (en) | 2004-11-30 | 2007-02-27 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Corona-discharge air mover and purifier for packaged terminal and room air conditioners |
US7226497B2 (en) | 2004-11-30 | 2007-06-05 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Fanless building ventilator |
US20060114637A1 (en) * | 2004-11-30 | 2006-06-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Fanless building ventilator |
US20060112708A1 (en) * | 2004-11-30 | 2006-06-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Corona-discharge air mover and purifier for packaged terminal and room air conditioners |
US20060112829A1 (en) * | 2004-11-30 | 2006-06-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Fanless indoor air quality treatment |
US8064757B2 (en) | 2005-05-11 | 2011-11-22 | A. O. Smith Corporation | System and method for estimating and indicating temperature characteristics of temperature controlled liquids |
US20090293816A1 (en) * | 2005-05-11 | 2009-12-03 | Patterson Wade C | System and method for estimating and indicating temperature characteristics of temperature controlled liquids |
US20090095889A1 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2009-04-16 | Hubbell Incorporated | Occupancy sensor assembly |
US8456318B2 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2013-06-04 | Hubbell Incorporated | Occupancy sensor assembly |
US20060266949A1 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2006-11-30 | Hubbell Incorporated. | Occupancy sensor assembly |
US7480208B2 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2009-01-20 | Hubbell Incorporated | Occupancy sensor assembly |
US8615332B2 (en) * | 2005-06-09 | 2013-12-24 | Whirlpool Corporation | Smart current attenuator for energy conservation in appliances |
US20080136581A1 (en) * | 2005-06-09 | 2008-06-12 | Whirlpool Corporation | smart current attenuator for energy conservation in appliances |
US10813030B2 (en) | 2005-07-01 | 2020-10-20 | Google Llc | Maintaining information facilitating deterministic network routing |
US10425877B2 (en) | 2005-07-01 | 2019-09-24 | Google Llc | Maintaining information facilitating deterministic network routing |
US10769215B2 (en) * | 2005-07-14 | 2020-09-08 | Conversant Wireless Licensing S.A R.L. | Method, apparatus and computer program product providing an application integrated mobile device search solution using context information |
US7800049B2 (en) | 2005-08-22 | 2010-09-21 | Leviton Manufacuturing Co., Inc. | Adjustable low voltage occupancy sensor |
US20070040676A1 (en) * | 2005-08-22 | 2007-02-22 | John Bandringa | Low voltage occupancy sensor |
US7455240B2 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2008-11-25 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostat display system providing animated icons |
US20070045429A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Time of day zoning climate control system and method |
US20070045433A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostat display system providing animated icons |
US7460933B2 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2008-12-02 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostat display system providing adjustable backlight and indicators |
US20070045443A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Adjustable display resolution for thermostat |
US20070045444A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostat including set point number line |
US7624931B2 (en) | 2005-08-31 | 2009-12-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Adjustable display resolution for thermostat |
US20070045441A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostat configuration wizard |
US20070045442A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostat display system providing backlight warning |
US20070050732A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Proportional scroll bar for menu driven thermostat |
US20070045431A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Occupancy-based zoning climate control system and method |
US20070045430A1 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2007-03-01 | Ranco Incorporation Of Delaware | Thermostat display system providing adjustable backlight and indicators |
US8386661B2 (en) | 2005-11-18 | 2013-02-26 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Communication network for controlling devices |
US20070162536A1 (en) * | 2005-11-18 | 2007-07-12 | Michael Ostrovsky | Communication network for controlling devices |
US7614567B2 (en) | 2006-01-10 | 2009-11-10 | Ranco Incorporated of Deleware | Rotatable thermostat |
US20070246557A1 (en) * | 2006-03-27 | 2007-10-25 | Phillips Terry G | Water heating systems and methods |
US20070246552A1 (en) * | 2006-03-27 | 2007-10-25 | Patterson Wade C | Water heating systems and methods |
US8887671B2 (en) * | 2006-03-27 | 2014-11-18 | A. O. Smith Corporation | Water heating systems and methods |
US20070248143A1 (en) * | 2006-03-27 | 2007-10-25 | Phillips Terry G | Water heating systems and methods |
US20070246556A1 (en) * | 2006-03-27 | 2007-10-25 | Patterson Wade C | Water heating system and method |
US8245669B2 (en) * | 2006-03-27 | 2012-08-21 | A. O. Smith Corporation | Water heating systems and methods |
US7800498B2 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2010-09-21 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Occupancy sensor powerbase |
US20070230142A1 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2007-10-04 | Engel John B | Zero parts strain relief |
US20070230144A1 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2007-10-04 | Engel John B | Low labor enclosure assembly |
US20070229297A1 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2007-10-04 | Leonard Thomas W | Occupancy sensor powerbase |
US7855548B2 (en) | 2006-03-29 | 2010-12-21 | Levinton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Low labor enclosure assembly |
US20070228182A1 (en) * | 2006-03-31 | 2007-10-04 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Thermostat with single button access to a menu of commonly used functions |
US20070257120A1 (en) * | 2006-05-02 | 2007-11-08 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Tabbed interface for thermostat |
US20070277542A1 (en) * | 2006-05-30 | 2007-12-06 | Ranco Incorporated Of Delaware | Auto-balancing damper control |
US8033716B1 (en) * | 2006-08-23 | 2011-10-11 | Troy Marcus Tandy | Refrigeration temperature monitoring system and associated temperature display |
US20090102677A1 (en) * | 2006-11-14 | 2009-04-23 | Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc. | Rf antenna integrated into a control device installed into a wall switch box |
US8138435B2 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2012-03-20 | Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc. | Electrical control device |
US7756556B2 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2010-07-13 | Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc. | RF antenna integrated into a control device installed into a wall switch box |
US7791282B2 (en) | 2006-11-28 | 2010-09-07 | Hubbell Incorporated | Motion sensor switch for 3-way light circuit and method of lighting control using the same |
US10690365B2 (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2020-06-23 | Ademco Inc. | HVAC controller with checkout utility |
US20110077780A1 (en) * | 2006-11-30 | 2011-03-31 | Honeywell International Inc. | Hvac controller with checkout utility |
US10690367B2 (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2020-06-23 | Ademco Inc. | Zone control panel |
US10429091B2 (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2019-10-01 | Ademco Inc. | HVAC controller with checkout utility |
US10101053B2 (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2018-10-16 | Honeywell International Inc. | HVAC controller with checkout utility |
US10612802B2 (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2020-04-07 | Ademco Inc. | Zone control panel with saving changes feature |
US10145578B2 (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2018-12-04 | Honeywell International Inc. | HVAC controller with checkout utility |
US10458670B2 (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2019-10-29 | Ademco Inc. | HVAC controller with checkout utility |
US9310091B2 (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2016-04-12 | Honeywell International Inc. | HVAC controller with checkout utility |
US7957839B2 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2011-06-07 | Honeywell International Inc. | HVAC zone controller |
US20080161977A1 (en) * | 2006-12-29 | 2008-07-03 | Honeywell International Inc. | HVAC Zone Controller |
US20080157938A1 (en) * | 2007-01-03 | 2008-07-03 | Sehat Sutardja | Time updating and load management systems |
US20110169621A1 (en) * | 2007-01-03 | 2011-07-14 | Sehat Sutardja | Time updating and load management systems |
US7911326B2 (en) * | 2007-01-03 | 2011-03-22 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Time updating and load management systems |
US20080223943A1 (en) * | 2007-03-15 | 2008-09-18 | Honeywell International Inc. | Variable Speed Blower Control In An HVAC System Having A Plurality of Zones |
US7766246B2 (en) | 2007-03-15 | 2010-08-03 | Honeywell International Inc. | Variable speed blower control in an HVAC system having a plurality of zones |
US7538285B2 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2009-05-26 | Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc. | Electrical control device |
US20080251590A1 (en) * | 2007-04-13 | 2008-10-16 | Honeywell International Inc. | Hvac staging control |
US7819331B2 (en) | 2007-04-13 | 2010-10-26 | Honeywell International Inc. | HVAC staging control |
US20090028372A1 (en) * | 2007-07-23 | 2009-01-29 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Light fixture with sound capability |
US7685323B1 (en) * | 2007-07-31 | 2010-03-23 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Automatic configuration of devices in a network |
US20090052495A1 (en) * | 2007-08-21 | 2009-02-26 | Hong Fu Jin Precision Industry (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd | Thermal testing apparatus |
US7690839B2 (en) * | 2007-08-21 | 2010-04-06 | Hong Fu Jin Precision Industry (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. | Thermal testing apparatus |
US10698434B2 (en) * | 2007-10-02 | 2020-06-30 | Google Llc | Intelligent temperature management based on energy usage profiles and outside weather conditions |
US20170059195A1 (en) * | 2007-10-02 | 2017-03-02 | Google Inc. | Intelligent temperature management based on energy usage profiles and outside weather conditions |
US8468165B2 (en) | 2007-12-02 | 2013-06-18 | Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc. | Method for discovering network of home or building control devices |
US20090150356A1 (en) * | 2007-12-02 | 2009-06-11 | Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc. | Method For Discovering Network of Home or Building Control Devices |
US8928025B2 (en) | 2007-12-20 | 2015-01-06 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED lighting apparatus with swivel connection |
US8118447B2 (en) | 2007-12-20 | 2012-02-21 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | LED lighting apparatus with swivel connection |
US7926975B2 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2011-04-19 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | Light distribution using a light emitting diode assembly |
US8958918B2 (en) | 2008-02-19 | 2015-02-17 | Genea Energy Partners, Inc. | Building optimization system and lighting switch with adaptive blind, window and air quality controls |
CN101999252A (en) * | 2008-04-02 | 2011-03-30 | 基因能源伙伴公司 | Building optimization system and lighting switch with adaptive blind, window and air quality controls |
US10664792B2 (en) | 2008-05-16 | 2020-05-26 | Google Llc | Maintaining information facilitating deterministic network routing |
US11308440B2 (en) | 2008-05-16 | 2022-04-19 | Google Llc | Maintaining information facilitating deterministic network routing |
US10440790B2 (en) | 2008-05-21 | 2019-10-08 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Electronic display system with illumination control |
US9867253B2 (en) | 2008-05-21 | 2018-01-09 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Backlight adjustment system |
US8807785B2 (en) | 2008-05-23 | 2014-08-19 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Electric shock resistant L.E.D. based light |
US8360599B2 (en) | 2008-05-23 | 2013-01-29 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Electric shock resistant L.E.D. based light |
US7976196B2 (en) | 2008-07-09 | 2011-07-12 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | Method of forming LED-based light and resulting LED-based light |
US7946729B2 (en) | 2008-07-31 | 2011-05-24 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | Fluorescent tube replacement having longitudinally oriented LEDs |
US8674626B2 (en) | 2008-09-02 | 2014-03-18 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED lamp failure alerting system |
US8256924B2 (en) | 2008-09-15 | 2012-09-04 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED-based light having rapidly oscillating LEDs |
US20100073165A1 (en) * | 2008-09-24 | 2010-03-25 | Honeywell International Inc. | Microwave motion detector with target angle detection |
US7982606B2 (en) * | 2008-09-24 | 2011-07-19 | Honeywell International Inc. | Microwave motion detector with target angle detection |
US20100082178A1 (en) * | 2008-09-29 | 2010-04-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method to dynamically change data center partitions |
US10884387B2 (en) | 2008-09-29 | 2021-01-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method to dynamically change data center partitions |
US9939796B2 (en) | 2008-09-29 | 2018-04-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method to dynamically change data center partitions |
US8983675B2 (en) * | 2008-09-29 | 2015-03-17 | International Business Machines Corporation | System and method to dynamically change data center partitions |
US11409315B2 (en) | 2008-09-30 | 2022-08-09 | Google Llc | Systems, methods and apparatus for encouraging energy conscious behavior based on aggregated third party energy consumption |
US9585216B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2017-02-28 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Integration of LED lighting with building controls |
US9398661B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2016-07-19 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light and light sensor |
US10973094B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2021-04-06 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Integration of LED lighting with building controls |
US8901823B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2014-12-02 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light and light sensor |
US8946996B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2015-02-03 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light and light sensor |
US11073275B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2021-07-27 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Lighting including integral communication apparatus |
US8214084B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2012-07-03 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Integration of LED lighting with building controls |
US10932339B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2021-02-23 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light and light sensor |
US10342086B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2019-07-02 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Integration of LED lighting with building controls |
US10182480B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2019-01-15 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light and light sensor |
US8653984B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2014-02-18 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Integration of LED lighting control with emergency notification systems |
US10560992B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2020-02-11 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light and light sensor |
US9635727B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2017-04-25 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light and light sensor |
US8251544B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2012-08-28 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Lighting including integral communication apparatus |
US10571115B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2020-02-25 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Lighting including integral communication apparatus |
US7938562B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2011-05-10 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | Lighting including integral communication apparatus |
US10713915B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2020-07-14 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Integration of LED lighting control with emergency notification systems |
US11333308B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2022-05-17 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light and light sensor |
US10176689B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2019-01-08 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Integration of led lighting control with emergency notification systems |
US8324817B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2012-12-04 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Light and light sensor |
US9101026B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2015-08-04 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Integration of LED lighting with building controls |
US8444292B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2013-05-21 | Ilumisys, Inc. | End cap substitute for LED-based tube replacement light |
US9353939B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2016-05-31 | iLumisys, Inc | Lighting including integral communication apparatus |
US10036549B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2018-07-31 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Lighting including integral communication apparatus |
US20100148672A1 (en) * | 2008-12-11 | 2010-06-17 | Michael Blair Hopper | Energy Efficient Lighting System and Method |
US8237377B2 (en) | 2008-12-11 | 2012-08-07 | Michael Blair Hopper | Energy efficient lighting system and method |
US8556452B2 (en) | 2009-01-15 | 2013-10-15 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED lens |
US8362710B2 (en) | 2009-01-21 | 2013-01-29 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Direct AC-to-DC converter for passive component minimization and universal operation of LED arrays |
US8664880B2 (en) | 2009-01-21 | 2014-03-04 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Ballast/line detection circuit for fluorescent replacement lamps |
US8447541B2 (en) | 2009-01-26 | 2013-05-21 | Geneva Cleantech Inc. | Energy usage monitoring with remote display and automatic detection of appliance including graphical user interface |
US9020769B2 (en) | 2009-01-26 | 2015-04-28 | Geneva Cleantech Inc. | Automatic detection of appliances |
US20100191487A1 (en) * | 2009-01-26 | 2010-07-29 | Geneva Clean Tech Inc. | Energy usage monitoring with remote display and automatic detection of appliance including graphical user interface |
US20110127026A1 (en) * | 2009-02-24 | 2011-06-02 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | System and Method for Reducing the Thermal Inertia of an Electronic Display |
US20140316606A1 (en) * | 2009-02-24 | 2014-10-23 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | System for Reducing the Thermal Inertia of an Electronic Display |
US9448569B2 (en) * | 2009-02-24 | 2016-09-20 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | System for reducing the thermal inertia of an electronic display |
US8700226B2 (en) * | 2009-02-24 | 2014-04-15 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Method for driving a cooling fan within an electronic display |
US20100237711A1 (en) * | 2009-03-18 | 2010-09-23 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Occupancy Sensing With Device Clock |
US8330381B2 (en) | 2009-05-14 | 2012-12-11 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Electronic circuit for DC conversion of fluorescent lighting ballast |
US20100289418A1 (en) * | 2009-05-14 | 2010-11-18 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | Electronic circuit for dc conversion of fluorescent lighting ballast |
US8299695B2 (en) | 2009-06-02 | 2012-10-30 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Screw-in LED bulb comprising a base having outwardly projecting nodes |
US20100301729A1 (en) * | 2009-06-02 | 2010-12-02 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | Screw-in led bulb |
US8421366B2 (en) | 2009-06-23 | 2013-04-16 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Illumination device including LEDs and a switching power control system |
US9124130B2 (en) | 2009-07-30 | 2015-09-01 | Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. | Wall-mountable temperature control device for a load control system having an energy savings mode |
US20110210253A1 (en) * | 2009-10-29 | 2011-09-01 | Suren Systems, Ltd. | Infrared Motion Sensor |
US8354643B2 (en) * | 2009-10-29 | 2013-01-15 | Suren Systems, Ltd. | Infrared motion sensor |
WO2011069085A3 (en) * | 2009-12-03 | 2012-07-19 | Michael Blair Hopper | Energy efficient lighting system and method |
WO2011069085A2 (en) * | 2009-12-03 | 2011-06-09 | Michael Blair Hopper | Energy efficient lighting system and method |
CN102822639A (en) * | 2010-01-25 | 2012-12-12 | 吉尼瓦洁净技术公司 | Automatic detection of appliances |
WO2011091444A1 (en) * | 2010-01-25 | 2011-07-28 | Geneva Cleantech Inc. | Automatic detection of appliances |
US20110234107A1 (en) * | 2010-03-26 | 2011-09-29 | Altair Engineering, Inc. | Led light with thermoelectric generator |
US8541958B2 (en) | 2010-03-26 | 2013-09-24 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED light with thermoelectric generator |
US8840282B2 (en) | 2010-03-26 | 2014-09-23 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED bulb with internal heat dissipating structures |
US9395075B2 (en) | 2010-03-26 | 2016-07-19 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED bulb for incandescent bulb replacement with internal heat dissipating structures |
US9013119B2 (en) | 2010-03-26 | 2015-04-21 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED light with thermoelectric generator |
US9057493B2 (en) | 2010-03-26 | 2015-06-16 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED light tube with dual sided light distribution |
US8540401B2 (en) | 2010-03-26 | 2013-09-24 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED bulb with internal heat dissipating structures |
US20110245940A1 (en) * | 2010-04-01 | 2011-10-06 | Picco Michael L | Configurable Wall-Mount Touch Screen Switch |
US8454193B2 (en) | 2010-07-08 | 2013-06-04 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Independent modules for LED fluorescent light tube replacement |
US8596813B2 (en) | 2010-07-12 | 2013-12-03 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Circuit board mount for LED light tube |
US20120013434A1 (en) * | 2010-07-19 | 2012-01-19 | Samsung Led Co., Ltd. | Wireless sensing module, wireless lighting controlling apparatus and wireless lighting system |
US8720791B2 (en) | 2010-08-26 | 2014-05-13 | Cooper Technologies Company | Utility-driven energy-load management with adaptive fan control during load-control events |
WO2012026940A1 (en) * | 2010-08-26 | 2012-03-01 | Cooper Technologies Company | Utility-driven energy-load management with adaptive fan control during load-control events |
US9261287B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2016-02-16 | Google Inc. | Adaptive power stealing thermostat |
US9702579B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2017-07-11 | Google Inc. | Strategic reduction of power usage in multi-sensing, wirelessly communicating learning thermostat |
US9605858B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2017-03-28 | Google Inc. | Thermostat circuitry for connection to HVAC systems |
US9279595B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2016-03-08 | Google Inc. | Methods, systems, and related architectures for managing network connected thermostats |
US9612032B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2017-04-04 | Google Inc. | User friendly interface for control unit |
US10082307B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2018-09-25 | Google Llc | Adaptive power-stealing thermostat |
US9223323B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2015-12-29 | Google Inc. | User friendly interface for control unit |
US9684317B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2017-06-20 | Google Inc. | Thermostat facilitating user-friendly installation thereof |
US9696734B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2017-07-04 | Google Inc. | Active power stealing |
US10309672B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2019-06-04 | Google Llc | Thermostat wiring connector |
US10142421B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2018-11-27 | Google Llc | Methods, systems, and related architectures for managing network connected devices |
US9715239B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2017-07-25 | Google Inc. | Computational load distribution in an environment having multiple sensing microsystems |
US9494332B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2016-11-15 | Google Inc. | Thermostat wiring connector |
US9026254B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2015-05-05 | Google Inc. | Strategic reduction of power usage in multi-sensing, wirelessly communicating learning thermostat |
US10771868B2 (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2020-09-08 | Google Llc | Occupancy pattern detection, estimation and prediction |
US9810590B2 (en) * | 2010-09-14 | 2017-11-07 | Google Inc. | System and method for integrating sensors in thermostats |
US20150124853A1 (en) * | 2010-09-14 | 2015-05-07 | Google Inc. | System and method for integrating sensors in thermostats |
US8894430B2 (en) | 2010-10-29 | 2014-11-25 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Mechanisms for reducing risk of shock during installation of light tube |
US8523394B2 (en) | 2010-10-29 | 2013-09-03 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Mechanisms for reducing risk of shock during installation of light tube |
US10191727B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2019-01-29 | Google Llc | Installation of thermostat powered by rechargeable battery |
US10452083B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2019-10-22 | Google Llc | Power management in single circuit HVAC systems and in multiple circuit HVAC systems |
US10747242B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2020-08-18 | Google Llc | Thermostat user interface |
US10151501B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2018-12-11 | Google Llc | Thermostat facilitating user-friendly installation thereof |
US9851729B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2017-12-26 | Google Inc. | Power-preserving communications architecture with long-polling persistent cloud channel for wireless network-connected thermostat |
CN103443729A (en) * | 2010-11-19 | 2013-12-11 | 耐斯特实验公司 | Thermostat with integrated sensing systems |
US9448567B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2016-09-20 | Google Inc. | Power management in single circuit HVAC systems and in multiple circuit HVAC systems |
US10732651B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2020-08-04 | Google Llc | Smart-home proxy devices with long-polling |
US10606724B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2020-03-31 | Google Llc | Attributing causation for energy usage and setpoint changes with a network-connected thermostat |
US10627791B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2020-04-21 | Google Llc | Thermostat user interface |
US9459018B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2016-10-04 | Google Inc. | Systems and methods for energy-efficient control of an energy-consuming system |
US9092039B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2015-07-28 | Google Inc. | HVAC controller with user-friendly installation features with wire insertion detection |
US8727611B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2014-05-20 | Nest Labs, Inc. | System and method for integrating sensors in thermostats |
US11334034B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2022-05-17 | Google Llc | Energy efficiency promoting schedule learning algorithms for intelligent thermostat |
US9513642B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2016-12-06 | Google Inc. | Flexible functionality partitioning within intelligent-thermostat-controlled HVAC systems |
US9092040B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2015-07-28 | Google Inc. | HVAC filter monitoring |
US8752771B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2014-06-17 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Thermostat battery recharging during HVAC function active and inactive states |
US10175668B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2019-01-08 | Google Llc | Systems and methods for energy-efficient control of an energy-consuming system |
US8478447B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2013-07-02 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Computational load distribution in a climate control system having plural sensing microsystems |
US8924027B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2014-12-30 | Google Inc. | Computational load distribution in a climate control system having plural sensing microsystems |
US9766606B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2017-09-19 | Google Inc. | Thermostat user interface |
US8757507B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2014-06-24 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Thermostat facilitating user-friendly installation thereof |
US9127853B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2015-09-08 | Google Inc. | Thermostat with ring-shaped control member |
US9575496B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2017-02-21 | Google Inc. | HVAC controller with user-friendly installation features with wire insertion detection |
US9952573B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2018-04-24 | Google Llc | Systems and methods for a graphical user interface of a controller for an energy-consuming system having spatially related discrete display elements |
US9298196B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2016-03-29 | Google Inc. | Energy efficiency promoting schedule learning algorithms for intelligent thermostat |
US9026232B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2015-05-05 | Google Inc. | Thermostat user interface |
US11372433B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2022-06-28 | Google Llc | Thermostat user interface |
US8843239B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2014-09-23 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Methods, systems, and related architectures for managing network connected thermostats |
US10241482B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2019-03-26 | Google Llc | Thermostat user interface |
US10078319B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2018-09-18 | Google Llc | HVAC schedule establishment in an intelligent, network-connected thermostat |
US10481780B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2019-11-19 | Google Llc | Adjusting proximity thresholds for activating a device user interface |
US9995499B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2018-06-12 | Google Llc | Electronic device controller with user-friendly installation features |
US9261289B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2016-02-16 | Google Inc. | Adjusting proximity thresholds for activating a device user interface |
WO2012068507A3 (en) * | 2010-11-19 | 2013-08-29 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Thermostat with integrated sensing systems |
US10346275B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2019-07-09 | Google Llc | Attributing causation for energy usage and setpoint changes with a network-connected thermostat |
US8560128B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2013-10-15 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Adjusting proximity thresholds for activating a device user interface |
US9268344B2 (en) | 2010-11-19 | 2016-02-23 | Google Inc. | Installation of thermostat powered by rechargeable battery |
US8870415B2 (en) | 2010-12-09 | 2014-10-28 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED fluorescent tube replacement light with reduced shock hazard |
US9851728B2 (en) | 2010-12-31 | 2017-12-26 | Google Inc. | Inhibiting deleterious control coupling in an enclosure having multiple HVAC regions |
US10443879B2 (en) | 2010-12-31 | 2019-10-15 | Google Llc | HVAC control system encouraging energy efficient user behaviors in plural interactive contexts |
US20120206266A1 (en) * | 2011-02-15 | 2012-08-16 | William Moons | Heat Detection System |
US8788103B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2014-07-22 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Power management in energy buffered building control unit |
US9933794B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2018-04-03 | Google Llc | Thermostat with self-configuring connections to facilitate do-it-yourself installation |
US8944338B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2015-02-03 | Google Inc. | Thermostat with self-configuring connections to facilitate do-it-yourself installation |
US10684633B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2020-06-16 | Google Llc | Smart thermostat with active power stealing an processor isolation from switching elements |
US9952608B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2018-04-24 | Google Llc | Thermostat with power stealing delay interval at transitions between power stealing states |
US9086703B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2015-07-21 | Google Inc. | Thermostat with power stealing delay interval at transitions between power stealing states |
US8511576B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2013-08-20 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Power management in energy buffered building control unit |
US8770491B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2014-07-08 | Nest Labs Inc. | Thermostat with power stealing delay interval at transitions between power stealing states |
US9435559B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2016-09-06 | Google Inc. | Power management in energy buffered building control unit |
US8511577B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2013-08-20 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Thermostat with power stealing delay interval at transitions between power stealing states |
US9116529B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2015-08-25 | Google Inc. | Thermostat with self-configuring connections to facilitate do-it-yourself installation |
US9046898B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2015-06-02 | Google Inc. | Power-preserving communications architecture with long-polling persistent cloud channel for wireless network-connected thermostat |
US8627127B2 (en) | 2011-02-24 | 2014-01-07 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Power-preserving communications architecture with long-polling persistent cloud channel for wireless network-connected thermostat |
US10321541B2 (en) | 2011-03-11 | 2019-06-11 | Ilumi Solutions, Inc. | LED lighting device |
US10630820B2 (en) | 2011-03-11 | 2020-04-21 | Ilumi Solutions, Inc. | Wireless communication methods |
US9791631B2 (en) * | 2011-03-28 | 2017-10-17 | Cooper Technologies Company | Method and apparatus for a switch having a light pipe for combined LED display and light level sensing |
US20140246567A1 (en) * | 2011-03-28 | 2014-09-04 | Rahul Goyal | Method and Apparatus for a Switch Having a Light Pipe for Combined LED Display and Light Level Sensing |
US20120318657A1 (en) * | 2011-06-15 | 2012-12-20 | Encelium Holdings, Inc. | Switch |
US8658929B2 (en) * | 2011-06-15 | 2014-02-25 | Osram Sylvania Inc. | Switch |
US9072171B2 (en) | 2011-08-24 | 2015-06-30 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Circuit board mount for LED light |
US10255884B2 (en) | 2011-09-23 | 2019-04-09 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | System and method for environmental adaptation of display characteristics |
US9799306B2 (en) | 2011-09-23 | 2017-10-24 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | System and method for environmental adaptation of display characteristics |
US9453655B2 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2016-09-27 | Google Inc. | Methods and graphical user interfaces for reporting performance information for an HVAC system controlled by a self-programming network-connected thermostat |
US9920946B2 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2018-03-20 | Google Llc | Remote control of a smart home device |
US9175871B2 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2015-11-03 | Google Inc. | Thermostat user interface |
US10873632B2 (en) | 2011-10-17 | 2020-12-22 | Google Llc | Methods, systems, and related architectures for managing network connected devices |
US8558179B2 (en) * | 2011-10-21 | 2013-10-15 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Integrating sensing systems into thermostat housing in manners facilitating compact and visually pleasing physical characteristics thereof |
US9740385B2 (en) * | 2011-10-21 | 2017-08-22 | Google Inc. | User-friendly, network-connected, smart-home controller and related systems and methods |
US9234668B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2016-01-12 | Google Inc. | User-friendly, network connected learning thermostat and related systems and methods |
US9234669B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2016-01-12 | Google Inc. | Integrating sensing systems into thermostat housing in manners facilitating compact and visually pleasing physical characteristics thereof |
US9194598B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2015-11-24 | Google Inc. | Thermostat user interface |
US10048852B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2018-08-14 | Google Llc | Thermostat user interface |
US10678416B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2020-06-09 | Google Llc | Occupancy-based operating state determinations for sensing or control systems |
US8766194B2 (en) * | 2011-10-21 | 2014-07-01 | Nest Labs Inc. | Integrating sensing systems into thermostat housing in manners facilitating compact and visually pleasing physical characteristics thereof |
US9857961B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2018-01-02 | Google Inc. | Thermostat user interface |
US8942853B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2015-01-27 | Google Inc. | Prospective determination of processor wake-up conditions in energy buffered HVAC control unit |
US9291359B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2016-03-22 | Google Inc. | Thermostat user interface |
US9720585B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2017-08-01 | Google Inc. | User friendly interface |
US8532827B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2013-09-10 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Prospective determination of processor wake-up conditions in energy buffered HVAC control unit |
US9910577B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2018-03-06 | Google Llc | Prospective determination of processor wake-up conditions in energy buffered HVAC control unit having a preconditioning feature |
US9535589B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2017-01-03 | Google Inc. | Round thermostat with rotatable user input member and temperature sensing element disposed in physical communication with a front thermostat cover |
US8998102B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2015-04-07 | Google Inc. | Round thermostat with flanged rotatable user input member and wall-facing optical sensor that senses rotation |
US9231353B2 (en) * | 2011-12-02 | 2016-01-05 | Powertech Industrial Co., Ltd. | Socket having loading detecting function |
US20130140895A1 (en) * | 2011-12-02 | 2013-06-06 | Whe-Ching LEE | Socket having loading detecting function |
US9304500B2 (en) * | 2012-01-06 | 2016-04-05 | Cortland Research Llc | System for building management of electricity via network control of point-of-use devices |
US9184518B2 (en) | 2012-03-02 | 2015-11-10 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Electrical connector header for an LED-based light |
US10145577B2 (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2018-12-04 | Google Llc | User interfaces for HVAC schedule display and modification on smartphone or other space-limited touchscreen device |
US11781770B2 (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2023-10-10 | Google Llc | User interfaces for schedule display and modification on smartphone or other space-limited touchscreen device |
US10443877B2 (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2019-10-15 | Google Llc | Processing and reporting usage information for an HVAC system controlled by a network-connected thermostat |
US9091453B2 (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2015-07-28 | Google Inc. | Enclosure cooling using early compressor turn-off with extended fan operation |
US9890970B2 (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2018-02-13 | Google Inc. | Processing and reporting usage information for an HVAC system controlled by a network-connected thermostat |
US9534805B2 (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2017-01-03 | Google Inc. | Enclosure cooling using early compressor turn-off with extended fan operation |
US11118803B2 (en) | 2012-04-05 | 2021-09-14 | Google Llc | Continuous intelligent-control-system update using information requests directed to user devices |
US10151503B2 (en) | 2012-04-05 | 2018-12-11 | Google Llc | Continuous intelligent-control-system update using information requests directed to user devices |
US10502444B2 (en) | 2012-04-05 | 2019-12-10 | Google Llc | Continuous intelligent-control-system update using information requests directed to user devices |
US9098096B2 (en) | 2012-04-05 | 2015-08-04 | Google Inc. | Continuous intelligent-control-system update using information requests directed to user devices |
US9163794B2 (en) | 2012-07-06 | 2015-10-20 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Power supply assembly for LED-based light tube |
US9807842B2 (en) | 2012-07-09 | 2017-10-31 | Ilumisys, Inc. | System and method for controlling operation of an LED-based light |
US10966295B2 (en) | 2012-07-09 | 2021-03-30 | Ilumisys, Inc. | System and method for controlling operation of an LED-based light |
US10278247B2 (en) | 2012-07-09 | 2019-04-30 | Ilumisys, Inc. | System and method for controlling operation of an LED-based light |
US9271367B2 (en) | 2012-07-09 | 2016-02-23 | Ilumisys, Inc. | System and method for controlling operation of an LED-based light |
US10433032B2 (en) | 2012-08-31 | 2019-10-01 | Google Llc | Dynamic distributed-sensor network for crowdsourced event detection |
US8620841B1 (en) | 2012-08-31 | 2013-12-31 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Dynamic distributed-sensor thermostat network for forecasting external events |
US9286781B2 (en) | 2012-08-31 | 2016-03-15 | Google Inc. | Dynamic distributed-sensor thermostat network for forecasting external events using smart-home devices |
US9875631B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2018-01-23 | Google Llc | Detector unit and sensing chamber therefor |
US8659302B1 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2014-02-25 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Monitoring and recoverable protection of thermostat switching circuitry |
US9935455B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2018-04-03 | Google Llc | Monitoring and recoverable protection of thermostat switching circuitry |
US9746859B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2017-08-29 | Google Inc. | Thermostat system with software-repurposable wiring terminals adaptable for HVAC systems of different ranges of complexity |
US9349273B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2016-05-24 | Google Inc. | Cover plate for a hazard detector having improved air flow and other characteristics |
US8708242B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2014-04-29 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Thermostat system with software-repurposable wiring terminals adaptable for HVAC systems of different ranges of complexity |
US20140085092A1 (en) * | 2012-09-21 | 2014-03-27 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Cover plate for a hazard detector having improved air flow and other characteristics |
US9568370B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2017-02-14 | Google Inc. | Selectable lens button for a smart home device and method therefor |
US9460600B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2016-10-04 | Google Inc. | Detector unit and sensing chamber therefor |
US9046414B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2015-06-02 | Google Inc. | Selectable lens button for a hazard detector and method therefor |
US9007222B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2015-04-14 | Google Inc. | Detector unit and sensing chamber therefor |
US8994540B2 (en) * | 2012-09-21 | 2015-03-31 | Google Inc. | Cover plate for a hazard detector having improved air flow and other characteristics |
US10298009B2 (en) | 2012-09-21 | 2019-05-21 | Google Llc | Monitoring and recoverable protection of switching circuitry for smart-home devices |
US8539567B1 (en) | 2012-09-22 | 2013-09-17 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Multi-tiered authentication methods for facilitating communications amongst smart home devices and cloud-based servers |
US9584520B2 (en) | 2012-09-22 | 2017-02-28 | Google Inc. | Multi-tiered authentication methods for facilitating communications amongst smart home devices and cloud-based servers |
US9237141B2 (en) | 2012-09-22 | 2016-01-12 | Google Inc. | Multi-tiered authentication methods for facilitating communications amongst smart home devices and cloud-based servers |
US10761833B2 (en) | 2012-09-30 | 2020-09-01 | Google Llc | Updating control software on a network-connected HVAC controller |
US10387136B2 (en) | 2012-09-30 | 2019-08-20 | Google Llc | Updating control software on a network-connected HVAC controller |
US9002525B2 (en) | 2012-09-30 | 2015-04-07 | Google Inc. | Updating control software on a network-connected HVAC controller |
US8594850B1 (en) | 2012-09-30 | 2013-11-26 | Nest Labs, Inc. | Updating control software on a network-connected HVAC controller |
US9282298B2 (en) * | 2012-10-04 | 2016-03-08 | Non-Typical, Inc. | Automated camera assembly with infrared detector curtain |
US8891001B2 (en) * | 2012-10-04 | 2014-11-18 | Non Typical, Inc. | Automated camera assembly with infrared detector curtain |
US20150049200A1 (en) * | 2012-10-04 | 2015-02-19 | Non Typical, Inc. | Automated camera assembly with infrared detector curtain |
US20140265838A1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-18 | HELLA KGaA and Company | A vehicle control device comprising a coded resistor and a passive temperature sensor |
US9798979B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2017-10-24 | Google Inc. | Devices, methods, and associated information processing for security in a smart-sensored home |
US10813181B2 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2020-10-20 | HELLA GmbH & Co. KGaA | Vehicle control device and controlling lights |
US10853733B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2020-12-01 | Google Llc | Devices, methods, and associated information processing for security in a smart-sensored home |
US9208676B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2015-12-08 | Google Inc. | Devices, methods, and associated information processing for security in a smart-sensored home |
US9285084B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2016-03-15 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Diffusers for LED-based lights |
US20140286636A1 (en) * | 2013-03-25 | 2014-09-25 | Formerica Optoelectronics Inc. | Optical Transceiver Device |
US9312957B2 (en) * | 2013-03-25 | 2016-04-12 | Formerica Optoelectronics Inc. | Optical transceiver device |
US9584775B2 (en) | 2013-07-18 | 2017-02-28 | BOT Home Automation, Inc. | Wireless entrance communication device |
US20160178449A1 (en) * | 2013-08-01 | 2016-06-23 | Unison Industries, Llc | Fast response temperature sensor using a polyimide enclosed rtd |
US10126178B2 (en) * | 2013-08-01 | 2018-11-13 | Unison Industries, Llc | Fast response temperature sensor using a polyimide enclosed RTD |
US9267650B2 (en) | 2013-10-09 | 2016-02-23 | Ilumisys, Inc. | Lens for an LED-based light |
US9574717B2 (en) | 2014-01-22 | 2017-02-21 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED-based light with addressed LEDs |
US10260686B2 (en) | 2014-01-22 | 2019-04-16 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED-based light with addressed LEDs |
US10041690B2 (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2018-08-07 | Google Llc | Detection-facilitating mounting stand for multi-sensing smart home device |
US9568201B2 (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2017-02-14 | Google Inc. | Environmental control system retrofittable with multiple types of boiler-based heating systems |
US9791839B2 (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2017-10-17 | Google Inc. | User-relocatable self-learning environmental control device capable of adapting previous learnings to current location in controlled environment |
US9609462B2 (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2017-03-28 | Google Inc. | Facilitating radio frequency communications among environmental control system components |
US10678200B2 (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2020-06-09 | Google Llc | User-relocatable self-learning environmental control device capable of adapting previous learnings to current location in controlled environment |
US9581342B2 (en) | 2014-03-28 | 2017-02-28 | Google Inc. | Mounting stand for multi-sensing environmental control device |
US9537534B2 (en) | 2014-04-03 | 2017-01-03 | Aeon Matrix Inc. | Power line ethernet adaptor and power line ethernet communication kit |
TWI552539B (en) * | 2014-04-03 | 2016-10-01 | 翼詠科技股份有限公司 | Power line ethernet adaptor and power line ethernet communication kit |
US9282654B2 (en) | 2014-05-06 | 2016-03-08 | Honeywell International Inc. | HVAC controller with air flow barrier |
US9510400B2 (en) | 2014-05-13 | 2016-11-29 | Ilumisys, Inc. | User input systems for an LED-based light |
CN104123460A (en) * | 2014-07-22 | 2014-10-29 | 上海申瑞继保电气有限公司 | Method for calculating refrigeration air conditioning degree days of public building |
US10088189B2 (en) | 2015-01-07 | 2018-10-02 | Google Llc | Smart-home device robust against anomalous electrical conditions |
US9612031B2 (en) | 2015-01-07 | 2017-04-04 | Google Inc. | Thermostat switching circuitry robust against anomalous HVAC control line conditions |
US10443876B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2019-10-15 | Johnson Controls Technology Company | Thermostat with heat rise compensation based on wireless data transmission |
US10082308B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2018-09-25 | Johnson Controls Technology Company | Thermostat with heat rise compensation based on wireless data transmission |
US10375356B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2019-08-06 | Google Llc | Systems, methods, and devices for managing coexistence of multiple transceiver devices by optimizing component layout |
US9794522B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2017-10-17 | Google Inc. | Systems, methods, and devices for managing coexistence of multiple transceiver devices by optimizing component layout |
US9679454B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2017-06-13 | Google Inc. | Systems, methods, and devices for managing coexistence of multiple transceiver devices using control signals |
US10812762B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2020-10-20 | Google Llc | Systems, methods, and devices for managing coexistence of multiple transceiver devices by optimizing component layout |
US10317862B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2019-06-11 | Johnson Controls Technology Company | Systems and methods for heat rise compensation |
US11493220B2 (en) | 2015-02-06 | 2022-11-08 | Johnson Controls Technology Company | Systems and methods for heat rise compensation |
US10938913B2 (en) | 2015-04-09 | 2021-03-02 | Web Sensing, Llc | Hardware turnstile |
US10616344B2 (en) | 2015-04-09 | 2020-04-07 | Web Sensing, Llc | System-on-chip data security appliance encryption device and methods of operating the same |
US10148761B2 (en) | 2015-04-09 | 2018-12-04 | Web Sensing, Llc | System-on-chip data security appliance and methods of operating the same |
US10389817B2 (en) | 2015-04-09 | 2019-08-20 | Web Sensing, Llc | System-on-chip data security appliance and methods of operating the same |
US10440121B2 (en) | 2015-04-09 | 2019-10-08 | Web Sensing, Llc | Endpoints for performing distributed sensing and control and methods of operating the same |
US10593255B2 (en) | 2015-05-14 | 2020-03-17 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Electronic display with environmental adaptation of display characteristics based on location |
US10607520B2 (en) | 2015-05-14 | 2020-03-31 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Method for environmental adaptation of display characteristics based on location |
US10321549B2 (en) | 2015-05-14 | 2019-06-11 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Display brightness control based on location data |
US9924583B2 (en) | 2015-05-14 | 2018-03-20 | Mnaufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Display brightness control based on location data |
US10412816B2 (en) | 2015-05-14 | 2019-09-10 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Display brightness control based on location data |
US10690296B2 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2020-06-23 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED-based light with canted outer walls |
US11028972B2 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2021-06-08 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED-based light with canted outer walls |
US10161568B2 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2018-12-25 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED-based light with canted outer walls |
US11428370B2 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2022-08-30 | Ilumisys, Inc. | LED-based light with canted outer walls |
US9396633B1 (en) | 2015-06-14 | 2016-07-19 | Google Inc. | Systems, methods, and devices for managing coexistence of multiple transceiver devices by optimizing component layout |
US9543998B2 (en) | 2015-06-14 | 2017-01-10 | Google Inc. | Systems, methods, and devices for managing coexistence of multiple transceiver devices using bypass circuitry |
US9923589B2 (en) | 2015-06-14 | 2018-03-20 | Google Llc | Systems, methods, and devices for managing coexistence of multiple transceiver devices using bypass circuitry |
CN107852026A (en) * | 2015-07-07 | 2018-03-27 | 伊路米解决方案公司 | Control device of wireless and its method |
US10818164B2 (en) | 2015-07-07 | 2020-10-27 | Ilumi Solutions, Inc. | Wireless control device and methods thereof |
US20170011621A1 (en) * | 2015-07-07 | 2017-01-12 | Ilumi Solutions, Inc. | Wireless Control Device and Methods Thereof |
US11218579B2 (en) | 2015-07-07 | 2022-01-04 | Ilumi Solutions, Inc. | Wireless communication methods |
US10339796B2 (en) * | 2015-07-07 | 2019-07-02 | Ilumi Sulutions, Inc. | Wireless control device and methods thereof |
US20170013392A1 (en) * | 2015-07-07 | 2017-01-12 | Ilumi Solutions, Inc. | Wireless Control Device and Methods Thereof |
US20230036445A1 (en) * | 2015-07-07 | 2023-02-02 | Ilumi Solutions, Inc. | Wireless Control Device and Methods Thereof |
US11468764B2 (en) | 2015-07-07 | 2022-10-11 | Ilumi Solutions, Inc. | Wireless control device and methods thereof |
US10147456B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2018-12-04 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Motion detection for A/V recording and communication devices |
US10068610B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2018-09-04 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Motion detection for A/V recording and communication devices |
US10325625B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2019-06-18 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Motion detection for A/V recording and communication devices |
US10190914B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2019-01-29 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Motion detection for A/V recording and communication devices |
US10139281B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2018-11-27 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Motion detection for A/V recording and communication devices |
WO2017127836A1 (en) * | 2016-01-23 | 2017-07-27 | Innosys, Inc. | Continuously powered load switch lock |
US10429063B2 (en) | 2016-01-27 | 2019-10-01 | Fluid Handling Llc | Smart algorithm to determine “steam boiler water condition” |
WO2017132467A1 (en) * | 2016-01-27 | 2017-08-03 | Fluid Handling Llc | Smart algorithm to determine "steam boiler water condition" |
US11516630B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2022-11-29 | Google Llc | Techniques for adjusting operation of an electronic device |
US10798539B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2020-10-06 | Google Llc | Systems, methods, and devices for utilizing radar with smart devices |
US10613213B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2020-04-07 | Google Llc | Systems, methods, and devices for utilizing radar with smart devices |
US11122398B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2021-09-14 | Google Llc | Systems, methods, and devices for utilizing radar-based touch interfaces |
US11272335B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2022-03-08 | Google Llc | Systems, methods, and devices for utilizing radar with smart devices |
US10687184B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2020-06-16 | Google Llc | Systems, methods, and devices for utilizing radar-based touch interfaces |
US10586508B2 (en) | 2016-07-08 | 2020-03-10 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Controlling display brightness based on image capture device data |
CN107917484A (en) * | 2016-10-06 | 2018-04-17 | 江森自控科技公司 | The thermostat for rising compensation with heat based on wireless data transmission |
US10923889B2 (en) | 2017-10-17 | 2021-02-16 | Crestron Electronics, Inc. | Ganging a plurality of wall mounted electric devices |
US11480356B2 (en) | 2017-12-11 | 2022-10-25 | Johnson Controls Tyco IP Holdings LLP | Thermostat with startup temperature estimation |
WO2019144007A1 (en) * | 2018-01-19 | 2019-07-25 | Delos Living Llc | Apparatus and system for holding one or more components |
US10943749B2 (en) | 2018-03-15 | 2021-03-09 | Crestron Electronics, Inc. | Wall mounted control device with interchangeable buttons |
US11022635B2 (en) | 2018-05-07 | 2021-06-01 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Measuring power consumption of an electronic display assembly |
US10578658B2 (en) | 2018-05-07 | 2020-03-03 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | System and method for measuring power consumption of an electronic display assembly |
US11656255B2 (en) | 2018-05-07 | 2023-05-23 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Measuring power consumption of a display assembly |
US10782276B2 (en) | 2018-06-14 | 2020-09-22 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | System and method for detecting gas recirculation or airway occlusion |
US11774428B2 (en) | 2018-06-14 | 2023-10-03 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | System and method for detecting gas recirculation or airway occlusion |
US11293908B2 (en) | 2018-06-14 | 2022-04-05 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | System and method for detecting gas recirculation or airway occlusion |
US10992175B2 (en) | 2018-06-15 | 2021-04-27 | Google Llc | Communication circuit for 2-wire protocols between HVAC systems and smart-home devices |
US11664679B2 (en) | 2018-06-15 | 2023-05-30 | Google Llc | Communication circuit for 2-wire protocols between HVAC systems and smart-home devices |
US11182722B2 (en) | 2019-03-22 | 2021-11-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Cognitive system for automatic risk assessment, solution identification, and action enablement |
US20220232689A1 (en) * | 2019-06-14 | 2022-07-21 | Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. | Smart wall-plate system |
US11526044B2 (en) | 2020-03-27 | 2022-12-13 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Display unit with orientation based operation |
US11815755B2 (en) | 2020-03-27 | 2023-11-14 | Manufacturing Resources International, Inc. | Display unit with orientation based operation |
EP3933790A1 (en) | 2020-06-29 | 2022-01-05 | Haltian Oy | Apparatus for counting objects |
WO2022002603A1 (en) | 2020-06-29 | 2022-01-06 | Haltian Oy | Apparatus for counting objects |
US20230114521A1 (en) * | 2021-10-12 | 2023-04-13 | Air Distribution Technologies Ip, Llc | Systems and methods for operating an hvac system in a calibration mode |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US6798341B1 (en) | 2004-09-28 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6798341B1 (en) | Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control | |
US6697757B2 (en) | Local network based multiple sensor device with electrical load control means and with temperature sensor and heat detector that is exposed to ambient air by diffusion | |
US6122678A (en) | Local network based multiple sensor device with electrical load control means and with temperature sensor that is exposed to ambient air by diffusion | |
US6388399B1 (en) | Network based electrical control system with distributed sensing and control | |
US9980335B2 (en) | Control device having buttons with multiple-level backlighting | |
US6285912B1 (en) | System for physically mounting a multifunction user interface to a basic multifunction sensor to access and control various parameters of a control network environment | |
US11729873B2 (en) | Control device having buttons with automatically adjustable backlighting | |
JP5813178B2 (en) | Intelligent lighting control system | |
US11497104B2 (en) | Control device having an illuminated portion controlled in response to an external sensor | |
US7417384B2 (en) | Load control system and method | |
CA2987406A1 (en) | Control device having an integral reflecting structure for a sensing circuit | |
US20170374722A1 (en) | Lighting Fixture Controlling Device, Light Controlling System and Method for Controlling Energy Consumption | |
WO1999060538A1 (en) | Network based multiple sensor and control device with temperature sensing and control | |
AU2018200749A1 (en) | Distributed Mains Electrical Switch System |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |